[go: up one dir, main page]

TW201726124A - Eflornithine and SULINDAC, fixed dose combination formulation - Google Patents

Eflornithine and SULINDAC, fixed dose combination formulation Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201726124A
TW201726124A TW105135187A TW105135187A TW201726124A TW 201726124 A TW201726124 A TW 201726124A TW 105135187 A TW105135187 A TW 105135187A TW 105135187 A TW105135187 A TW 105135187A TW 201726124 A TW201726124 A TW 201726124A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
composition
amount
difluoromethylornithine
weight
cancer
Prior art date
Application number
TW105135187A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI743059B (en
Inventor
派脆克 雪南
甘薩萊斯 羅伯特歐 卡羅斯 布拉弗歐
吉恩 杜卡薩屋
Original Assignee
癌症預防製藥股份有限公司
賽諾菲溫莎工業公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 癌症預防製藥股份有限公司, 賽諾菲溫莎工業公司 filed Critical 癌症預防製藥股份有限公司
Publication of TW201726124A publication Critical patent/TW201726124A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI743059B publication Critical patent/TWI743059B/en

Links

Landscapes

  • Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
  • Dental Preparations (AREA)

Abstract

Provided herein are fixed-dose combination formulations of a pharmaceutically effective amount of eflornithine together with a pharmaceutically effective amount of sulindac. Also provided are methods of use and of methods of manufacture of these formulations.

Description

二氟甲基鳥氨酸及舒林酸(SULINDAC),固定劑量組合調配物Difluoromethylornithine and sulindac (SULINDAC), fixed-dose combination formulation

本發明大體上係關於癌症生物學及藥品領域。更特定言之,其關於用於預防及治療癌瘤之組合物。The present invention generally relates to the field of cancer biology and medicine. More specifically, it relates to a composition for preventing and treating cancerous tumors.

癌細胞具有徵用多重路徑之能力以滿足其增加對特定代謝物之需要(Vander Heiden, 2011)。非類固醇抗炎藥(NSAID),包括阿司匹林(aspirin)、布洛芬(ibuprofen)、吡羅昔康(piroxicam) (Reddy等人,1990;Singh等人,1994)、吲哚美辛(indomethacin) (Narisawa,1981)及舒林酸(sulindac) (Piazza等人,1997;Rao等人,1995)在AOM處理之大鼠模型中有效地抑制結腸癌發生。 NSAID舒林酸之代謝物舒林酸碸缺乏COX抑制活性,又在腫瘤細胞中誘導細胞凋亡(Piazza等人,1995;Piazza等人,1997b),且在癌發生之數個嚙齒動物模型中抑制腫瘤發育(Thompson等人,1995;Piazza等人,1995,1997a)。 α-二氟甲基鳥氨酸(DFMO)為鳥氨酸去羧酶(ODC)之酶活化、不可逆的抑制劑,且導致腐胺及其衍生物、亞精胺之胞內濃度損耗(Pegg,1988)。在實驗動物模型中,DFMO為癌發生之強力抑制劑,其在防止諸多器官之致癌物誘導之上皮癌症(包括結腸之彼等癌症)中為尤其活性的(Weeks等人,1982;Thompson等人,1985;Nowels等人,1986;Nigro等人,1987)。 將癌症化學預防研究轉入臨床實踐的主要障礙為超過益處的微小藥劑功效及毒性(Psaty及Potter, 2006;Lippman, 2006)。舉例而言,已展現長期每天口服D,L -α-二氟甲基鳥氨酸(DFMO,二氟甲基鳥氨酸)及舒林酸之聚胺抑制性組合在結腸直腸腺瘤(CRA)患者中的顯著功效(Meyskens等人,2008),然而,治療係與適度的亞臨床耳毒性(McLaren等人,2008)及在具有高基線心臟血管風險之患者中較大數目之心臟血管事件(Zell等人,2009)相關。 已在醫藥領域中認識到且在美國專利第6,428,809號及第6,702,683號中描述與以規律時間間隔投與多個各別劑量之兩種或更多種醫藥相反,以單位劑型共投與兩種或更多種活性醫藥成分的便利性。對患者及臨床醫生的潛在優點包括(1)最小化或消除局部及/或全身性副效應;(2)對併發症的更有效治療;(3)經改良之多重用藥;及(4)與總體疾病管理之更好的患者順應性,其由於對醫師造訪較少、住院減少及患者健康改善,繼而可使得費用降低。以單一劑型合併或共調配之兩種或更多種調配物的固定劑量組合產物可適用於需要改良臨床有效性、增強患者順適性及簡化給藥的多重藥物方案。然而,固體口服劑型之醫藥藥品研發甚至對於單一活性醫藥成分(API)調配物在研究及發展水準及市售製造水準上仍為複雜的。對於多於一種API,預期額外的併發因素,包括(1)藥物-藥物相互作用、(2)藥物-賦形劑相互作用、(3)同時釋放曲線、(4)差異性釋放曲線及(5)各藥物組分之摻合均勻性。鑒於此等障礙,研發具有相同或類似釋放曲線之固定劑量組合作為單一實體藥品通常代表了相當大的挑戰。克服一些或全部此等挑戰的二氟甲基鳥氨酸及舒林酸之固定劑量組合將對有效治療及/或預防大範圍疾病或病症(包括家族性腺瘤息肉病(FAP))具有相當大的潛在影響。Cancer cells have the ability to recruit multiple pathways to meet their increased need for specific metabolites (Vander Heiden, 2011). Non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), including aspirin, ibuprofen, piroxicam (Reddy et al, 1990; Singh et al, 1994), indomethacin (Narisawa, 1981) and sulindac (Piazza et al, 1997; Rao et al, 1995) effectively inhibited colon cancer in a rat model of AOM treatment. The sulindac, a metabolite of NSAID sulindac, lacks COX inhibitory activity and induces apoptosis in tumor cells (Piazza et al., 1995; Piazza et al., 1997b) and is found in several rodent models of carcinogenesis. Tumor development is inhibited (Thompson et al, 1995; Piazza et al, 1995, 1997a). Alpha-difluoromethylornithine (DFMO) is an enzyme-activated, irreversible inhibitor of ornithine decarboxylase (ODC) and results in intracellular concentration loss of putrescine and its derivatives, spermidine (Pegg , 1988). In experimental animal models, DFMO is a potent inhibitor of carcinogenesis, which is particularly active in preventing carcinogens in many organs from inducing epithelial cancers, including those in the colon (Weeks et al., 1982; Thompson et al. , 1985; Nowels et al., 1986; Nigro et al., 1987). The main obstacle to the transfer of cancer chemoprevention studies into clinical practice is the efficacy and toxicity of micropharmaceuticals that outweigh the benefits (Psaty and Potter, 2006; Lippman, 2006). For example, a long-term daily oral administration of D,L- α-difluoromethylornithine (DFMO, difluoromethylornithine) and sulindac polyamine inhibitory combination in colorectal adenoma (CRA) Significant efficacy in patients (Meyskens et al, 2008), however, treatment with moderate subclinical ototoxicity (McLaren et al, 2008) and a greater number of cardiovascular events in patients with high baseline cardiovascular risk (Zell et al., 2009) related. It has been recognized in the field of medicine and is described in U.S. Patent Nos. 6,428,809 and 6,702,683, in contrast to the application of a plurality of individual doses of two or more drugs at regular intervals, in the form of a unit dosage form. The convenience of more or more active pharmaceutical ingredients. Potential advantages for patients and clinicians include (1) minimizing or eliminating local and/or systemic side effects; (2) more effective treatment for complications; (3) improved multiple medications; and (4) Better patient compliance for overall disease management, which can result in lower costs due to fewer visits to physicians, reduced hospitalization, and improved patient health. Fixed-dose combinations of two or more formulations that are combined or co-formulated in a single dosage form are suitable for use in a multi-drug regimen that requires improved clinical effectiveness, enhanced patient compliance, and simplified administration. However, the development of pharmaceutical formulations for solid oral dosage forms is still complex for research and development standards and commercial manufacturing levels for single active pharmaceutical ingredient (API) formulations. For more than one API, additional concurrency factors are expected, including (1) drug-drug interactions, (2) drug-excipient interactions, (3) simultaneous release profiles, (4) differential release profiles, and (5) The blending uniformity of each drug component. In view of these obstacles, the development of fixed dose combinations with the same or similar release profiles as a single entity drug typically represents a considerable challenge. A fixed-dose combination of difluoromethylornithine and sulindac that overcomes some or all of these challenges will be quite effective in the effective treatment and/or prevention of a wide range of diseases or conditions, including familial adenomatous polyposis (FAP). The potential impact.

在一個態樣中,本發明提供含有藥學上有效量之二氟甲基鳥氨酸及醫藥學上有效量之非類固醇消炎藥(NSAID)或其代謝物之固定劑量組合的組合物。在一些實施例中,固定劑量組合為醫藥學上有效量之二氟甲基鳥氨酸及醫藥學上有效量之舒林酸。 在一些實施例中,二氟甲基鳥氨酸為二氟甲基鳥氨酸鹽酸鹽單水合物。在一些實施例中,二氟甲基鳥氨酸為二氟甲基鳥氨酸鹽酸鹽單水合物外消旋體。在一些實施例中,二氟甲基鳥氨酸鹽酸鹽單水合物為其兩種對映異構體之外消旋混合物。在一些實施例中,二氟甲基鳥氨酸鹽酸鹽單水合物為實質上光學上純的製劑。在一些實施例中,二氟甲基鳥氨酸鹽酸鹽單水合物為L-二氟甲基鳥氨酸鹽酸鹽單水合物或D-二氟甲基鳥氨酸鹽酸鹽單水合物。在一些實施例中,二氟甲基鳥氨酸為無水游離鹼二氟甲基鳥氨酸。 在一些實施例中,二氟甲基鳥氨酸以約10 mg至約1000 mg之量存在。在一些實施例中,二氟甲基鳥氨酸以約250 mg至約500 mg之量存在。在一些實施例中,二氟甲基鳥氨酸以約300 mg至約450 mg之量存在。在一些實施例中,二氟甲基鳥氨酸以約350 mg至約400 mg之量存在。在一些實施例中,二氟甲基鳥氨酸以約35重量%至約60重量%之量存在。在一些實施例中,二氟甲基鳥氨酸以約40重量%至約55重量%之量存在。在一些實施例中,二氟甲基鳥氨酸以約50重量%至約55重量%之量存在。在一些實施例中,二氟甲基鳥氨酸以約52重量%至約54重量%之量存在。在一些實施例中,二氟甲基鳥氨酸鹽酸鹽單水合物外消旋體之量為52重量%至54重量%。在一些實施例中,二氟甲基鳥氨酸以約375 mg之量存在。在一些實施例中,二氟甲基鳥氨酸鹽酸鹽單水合物外消旋體之量為375 mg。 在一些實施例中,舒林酸以約10 mg至約1500 mg之量存在。在一些實施例中,舒林酸以約50 mg至約100 mg之量存在。在一些實施例中,舒林酸以約70 mg至約80 mg之量存在。在一些實施例中,舒林酸以約75 mg之量存在。在一些實施例中,舒林酸之量為75 mg。在一些實施例中,舒林酸以約5重量%至約20重量%之量存在。在一些實施例中,舒林酸以約8重量%至約15重量%之量存在。在一些實施例中,舒林酸以約10重量%至約12重量%之量存在。在一些實施例中,舒林酸之量為10重量%至11重量%。 在一些實施例中,二氟甲基鳥氨酸以約375 mg之量存在,且舒林酸以約75 mg之量存在。 在一些實施例中,調配物進一步包含賦形劑。在一些實施例中,賦形劑為澱粉、膠態二氧化矽或矽化微晶纖維素。在一些實施例中,賦形劑為膠態二氧化矽。在一些實施例中,調配物進一步包含第二賦形劑。在一些實施例中,第二賦形劑為矽化微晶纖維素。 在一些實施例中,調配物進一步包含潤滑劑。在一些實施例中,潤滑劑為硬脂酸鎂、硬脂酸鈣、硬脂酸鈉、單硬脂酸甘油酯、硬脂酸鋁、聚乙二醇、硼酸或苯甲酸鈉。在一些實施例中,潤滑劑為硬脂酸鎂。在一些實施例中,硬脂酸鎂以約0.25重量%至約2重量%之量存在。在一些實施例中,硬脂酸鎂之量為約0.75重量%至約2重量%。在一些實施例中,硬脂酸鎂之量為約1重量%至約1.5重量%。在一些實施例中,硬脂酸鎂之量為約1.1重量%。在一些實施例中,硬脂酸鎂以約1.5重量%之量存在。 在一些實施例中,組合物係呈膠囊、錠劑、微型錠劑、顆粒、丸粒、溶液、凝膠、乳膏、泡沫或貼片形式。在一些實施例中,組成物係呈錠劑,例如單層錠劑形式。 在一些實施例中,錠劑之重量為約10 mg至約2,500 mg。在一些實施例中,錠劑之重量為約250 mg至約1,500 mg。在一些實施例中,錠劑之重量為約650 mg至約1,000 mg。在一些實施例中,錠劑之重量為約675 mg至約725 mg。在一些實施例中,錠劑之重量為約700 mg。 在一些實施例中,膠囊、微型錠劑、顆粒或丸粒之重量為約10 mg至約2,500 mg。在一些實施例中,膠囊、微型錠劑、顆粒或丸粒之重量為約250 mg至約1,500 mg。在一些實施例中,膠囊、微型錠劑、顆粒或丸粒之重量為約650 mg至約1,000 mg。在一些實施例中,膠囊、微型錠劑、顆粒或丸粒之重量為約675 mg至約725 mg。在一些實施例中,膠囊、微型錠劑、顆粒或丸粒之重量為約700 mg。 在一些實施例中,錠劑進一步包含包衣。在一些實施例中,包衣為調節釋放包衣或腸溶包衣。在一些實施例中,包衣為pH反應性包衣。在一些實施例中,包衣包含鄰苯二甲酸乙酸纖維素(CAP)、苯偏三酸乙酸纖維素(CAT)、聚(乙酸乙烯酯)鄰苯二甲酸酯(PVAP)、鄰苯二甲酸羥基丙基甲基纖維素(HP)、聚(甲基丙烯酸酯丙烯酸乙酯)(1:1)共聚物(MA-EA)、聚(甲基丙烯酸酯甲基丙烯酸甲酯)(1:1)共聚物(MA MMA)、聚(甲基丙烯酸酯甲基丙烯酸甲酯)(1:2)共聚物或丁二酸乙酸羥基丙基甲基纖維素(HPMCAS)。在一些實施例中,包衣掩蓋二氟甲基鳥氨酸之味道。在一些實施例中,包衣包含羥丙基甲基纖維素、二氧化鈦、聚乙二醇及氧化鐵黃。 在一些實施例中,包衣之量為約1重量%至約5重量%。在一些實施例中,包衣之量為約2重量%至約4重量%。在一些實施例中,包衣之量為約3重量%。在一些實施例中,包衣之量為約5 mg至約30 mg。在一些實施例中,包衣之量為約15 mg至約25 mg。在一些實施例中,包衣之量為約21 mg。 在一些實施例中,包含包衣之錠劑的重量為約675 mg至約750 mg。在一些實施例中,包含包衣之錠劑的重量為約700 mg至約725 mg。在一些實施例中,包含包衣之錠劑的重量為約721 mg。 在一個態樣中,提供一種預防及/或治療有需要患者之疾病或病狀的方法,其包含向患者投與本文所提供之醫藥學上有效量之二氟甲基鳥氨酸及醫藥學上有效量之舒林酸的固定劑量組合。 在一些實施例中,該方法進一步包含向患者投與包含本文所提供之醫藥學上有效量之二氟甲基鳥氨酸及醫藥學上有效量之舒林酸的固定劑量組合的第二組合物。在一些實施例中,第一及第二組合物包含相同的固定劑量組合。在一些實施例中,第一及第二投與同時進行。在一些實施例中,第二投與以1秒至1小時之間隔接著第一投與。在一些實施例中,第一及第二組合物均調配為錠劑且含有相同量之二氟甲基鳥氨酸及舒林酸。 在一些實施例中,該疾病為癌症。在一些實施例中,癌症為結腸癌、乳癌、胰臟癌、腦癌、肺癌、胃癌、血液癌、皮膚癌、睪丸癌、前列腺癌、卵巢癌、肝癌或食道癌。在一些實施例中,結腸癌為家族性腺瘤性息肉病。在一些實施例中,癌症為神經內分泌腫瘤。在一些實施例中,神經內分泌腫瘤為神經母細胞瘤。 在一些實施例中,病狀為皮膚病狀。在一些實施例中,皮膚病狀為面部多毛症。 在一些實施例中,組合物經口、動脈內、靜脈內或局部投與。在一些實施例中,組合物經口投與。 在一些實施例中,組合物經口投與。在一些實施例中,組合物每12小時投與。在一些實施例中,組合物每24小時投與。在一些實施例中,至少第二次投與組合物。 在另一態樣中,提供一種製備包含約375 mg二氟甲基鳥氨酸鹽酸鹽及約75 mg舒林酸之錠劑的方法,其包含:(a)預混合舒林酸及賦形劑以形成第一混合物;(b)將第一混合物與包含二氟甲基鳥氨酸及賦形劑之第二混合物混合以形成摻合物;(c)篩分摻合物以形成顆粒狀摻合物;(d)添加潤滑劑至顆粒狀摻合物以獲得最終摻合物;及(e)施加壓縮力至最終摻合物以形成錠劑。在一些實施例中,該方法進一步包含在步驟(d)之前混合顆粒狀摻合物且在步驟(e)之前混合最終摻合物。 在一些實施例中,在第一混合物中存在兩種賦形劑,其中第一賦形劑為膠態二氧化矽,且第二賦形劑為矽化微晶纖維素。在一些實施例中,第二混合物之賦形劑為矽化微晶纖維素。 在一些實施例中,預混合在聚乙烯塗佈之容器中進行。在一些實施例中,混合在擴散摻合器中進行。 在一些實施例中,潤滑劑為硬脂酸鎂。在一些實施例中,在步驟(d)之前,硬脂酸鎂經由篩網進行篩分。在一些實施例中,篩網為500 µm篩網。 在一些實施例中,篩分包含將摻合物施加於旋轉校正器。在一些實施例中,旋轉校正器包含1.0 mm篩網。 在一些實施例中,該方法進一步包含在步驟(d)之後及在步驟(e)之前的預壓縮步驟,其中摻合物用低於步驟(e)之力的力壓縮以預壓縮摻合物,另外其中步驟(e)之壓縮力接著作用於預壓縮摻合物以形成錠劑。在一些實施例中,預壓縮步驟防止錠劑頂裂(tablet capping)。在一些實施例中,預壓縮步驟之壓縮力以步驟(e)中所施加之壓縮力的約5%至約15%來施加。在一些實施例中,預壓縮步驟之壓縮力為2.5 kN至3.5 kN。在一些實施例中,預壓縮步驟之壓縮力為約3 kN。在一些實施例中,步驟(e)之壓縮力為20 kN至35 kN。在一些實施例中,步驟(e)之壓縮力為約25 kN。 在一些實施例中,該方法進一步包含對錠劑進行包覆。在一些實施例中,包衣包含羥丙基甲基纖維素、二氧化鈦、聚乙二醇及氧化鐵黃。 本發明之其他目標、特徵及優點將自以下實施方式而變得顯而易知。應理解,然而,由於在本發明之精神及範疇內的各種改變及修改將自此實施方式對一般熟習此項技術者變得顯而易見,所以指示本發明之較佳實施例的實施方式及特定實例僅以說明方式給與。In one aspect, the invention provides a composition comprising a pharmaceutically effective amount of a difluoromethylornithine and a pharmaceutically effective amount of a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug (NSAID) or a metabolite thereof in a fixed dose combination. In some embodiments, the fixed dose combination is a pharmaceutically effective amount of difluoromethylornithine and a pharmaceutically effective amount of sulindac. In some embodiments, the difluoromethylornithine is difluoromethylornithine hydrochloride monohydrate. In some embodiments, the difluoromethylornithine is a difluoromethylornithine hydrochloride monohydrate racemate. In some embodiments, the difluoromethylornithine hydrochloride monohydrate is a racemic mixture of its two enantiomers. In some embodiments, the difluoromethylornithine hydrochloride monohydrate is a substantially optically pure formulation. In some embodiments, the difluoromethylornithine hydrochloride monohydrate is L-difluoromethylornithine hydrochloride monohydrate or D-difluoromethylornithine hydrochloride monohydrate Things. In some embodiments, the difluoromethylornithine is an anhydrous free base difluoromethylornithine. In some embodiments, the difluoromethylornithine is present in an amount from about 10 mg to about 1000 mg. In some embodiments, the difluoromethylornithine is present in an amount from about 250 mg to about 500 mg. In some embodiments, the difluoromethylornithine is present in an amount from about 300 mg to about 450 mg. In some embodiments, the difluoromethylornithine is present in an amount from about 350 mg to about 400 mg. In some embodiments, the difluoromethylornithine is present in an amount from about 35% to about 60% by weight. In some embodiments, the difluoromethylornithine is present in an amount from about 40% to about 55% by weight. In some embodiments, the difluoromethylornithine is present in an amount from about 50% to about 55% by weight. In some embodiments, the difluoromethylornithine is present in an amount from about 52% to about 54% by weight. In some embodiments, the amount of the difluoromethylornithine hydrochloride monohydrate racemate is from 52% to 54% by weight. In some embodiments, the difluoromethylornithine is present in an amount of about 375 mg. In some embodiments, the amount of the difluoromethylornithine hydrochloride monohydrate racemate is 375 mg. In some embodiments, sulindac is present in an amount from about 10 mg to about 1500 mg. In some embodiments, sulindac is present in an amount from about 50 mg to about 100 mg. In some embodiments, sulindac is present in an amount from about 70 mg to about 80 mg. In some embodiments, sulindac is present in an amount of about 75 mg. In some embodiments, the amount of sulindac is 75 mg. In some embodiments, sulindac is present in an amount from about 5% by weight to about 20% by weight. In some embodiments, sulindac is present in an amount from about 8% by weight to about 15% by weight. In some embodiments, sulindac is present in an amount from about 10% to about 12% by weight. In some embodiments, the amount of sulindac is from 10% to 11% by weight. In some embodiments, difluoromethylornithine is present in an amount of about 375 mg and sulindac is present in an amount of about 75 mg. In some embodiments, the formulation further comprises an excipient. In some embodiments, the excipient is starch, colloidal ceria or deuterated microcrystalline cellulose. In some embodiments, the excipient is colloidal ceria. In some embodiments, the formulation further comprises a second excipient. In some embodiments, the second excipient is deuterated microcrystalline cellulose. In some embodiments, the formulation further comprises a lubricant. In some embodiments, the lubricant is magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, sodium stearate, glyceryl monostearate, aluminum stearate, polyethylene glycol, boric acid or sodium benzoate. In some embodiments, the lubricant is magnesium stearate. In some embodiments, magnesium stearate is present in an amount from about 0.25% to about 2% by weight. In some embodiments, the amount of magnesium stearate is from about 0.75% to about 2% by weight. In some embodiments, the amount of magnesium stearate is from about 1% to about 1.5% by weight. In some embodiments, the amount of magnesium stearate is about 1.1% by weight. In some embodiments, magnesium stearate is present in an amount of about 1.5% by weight. In some embodiments, the composition is in the form of a capsule, lozenge, micro-tablet, granule, pellet, solution, gel, cream, foam or patch. In some embodiments, the composition is in the form of a tablet, such as a single layer tablet. In some embodiments, the lozenge has a weight of from about 10 mg to about 2,500 mg. In some embodiments, the lozenge has a weight of from about 250 mg to about 1,500 mg. In some embodiments, the lozenge has a weight of from about 650 mg to about 1,000 mg. In some embodiments, the lozenge has a weight of from about 675 mg to about 725 mg. In some embodiments, the tablet has a weight of about 700 mg. In some embodiments, the weight of the capsule, minitablet, granule or pellet is from about 10 mg to about 2,500 mg. In some embodiments, the weight of the capsule, mini-tablet, granule or pellet is from about 250 mg to about 1,500 mg. In some embodiments, the weight of the capsule, minitablet, granule or pellet is from about 650 mg to about 1,000 mg. In some embodiments, the weight of the capsule, minitablet, granule or pellet is from about 675 mg to about 725 mg. In some embodiments, the weight of the capsule, mini-tablet, granule or pellet is about 700 mg. In some embodiments, the lozenge further comprises a coating. In some embodiments, the coating is a modified release coating or an enteric coating. In some embodiments, the coating is a pH reactive coating. In some embodiments, the coating comprises cellulose acetate phthalate (CAP), cellulose acetate trimellitate (CAT), poly(vinyl acetate) phthalate (PVAP), phthalic acid Hydroxypropylmethylcellulose formate (HP), poly(methacrylate ethyl acrylate) (1:1) copolymer (MA-EA), poly(methacrylate methyl methacrylate) (1: 1) Copolymer (MA MMA), poly(methacrylate methyl methacrylate) (1:2) copolymer or succinic acid hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMCAS). In some embodiments, the coating masks the taste of difluoromethylornithine. In some embodiments, the coating comprises hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, titanium dioxide, polyethylene glycol, and iron oxide yellow. In some embodiments, the amount of coating is from about 1% to about 5% by weight. In some embodiments, the amount of coating is from about 2% to about 4% by weight. In some embodiments, the amount of coating is about 3% by weight. In some embodiments, the amount of coating is from about 5 mg to about 30 mg. In some embodiments, the amount of coating is from about 15 mg to about 25 mg. In some embodiments, the amount of coating is about 21 mg. In some embodiments, the lozenge comprising the coating has a weight of from about 675 mg to about 750 mg. In some embodiments, the lozenge comprising the coating has a weight of from about 700 mg to about 725 mg. In some embodiments, the weight of the tablet comprising the coating is about 721 mg. In one aspect, a method of preventing and/or treating a disease or condition in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to the patient a pharmaceutically effective amount of difluoromethylornithine and a medicinal agent provided herein A fixed dose combination of an effective amount of sulindac. In some embodiments, the method further comprises administering to the patient a second combination of a fixed dose combination comprising a pharmaceutically effective amount of difluoromethylornithine and a pharmaceutically effective amount of sulindac provided herein. Things. In some embodiments, the first and second compositions comprise the same fixed dose combination. In some embodiments, the first and second administrations are performed simultaneously. In some embodiments, the second administration is followed by a first administration at intervals of 1 second to 1 hour. In some embodiments, both the first and second compositions are formulated as tablets and contain the same amount of difluoromethylornithine and sulindac. In some embodiments, the disease is cancer. In some embodiments, the cancer is colon cancer, breast cancer, pancreatic cancer, brain cancer, lung cancer, gastric cancer, blood cancer, skin cancer, testicular cancer, prostate cancer, ovarian cancer, liver cancer, or esophageal cancer. In some embodiments, the colon cancer is a familial adenomatous polyposis. In some embodiments, the cancer is a neuroendocrine tumor. In some embodiments, the neuroendocrine tumor is a neuroblastoma. In some embodiments, the condition is a dermatological condition. In some embodiments, the skin condition is facial hirsutism. In some embodiments, the composition is administered orally, intra-arterially, intravenously, or topically. In some embodiments, the composition is administered orally. In some embodiments, the composition is administered orally. In some embodiments, the composition is administered every 12 hours. In some embodiments, the composition is administered every 24 hours. In some embodiments, the composition is administered at least a second time. In another aspect, a method of preparing a lozenge comprising about 375 mg of difluoromethylornithine hydrochloride and about 75 mg of sulindac is provided, comprising: (a) premixed sulindac and fu Forming a first mixture; (b) mixing the first mixture with a second mixture comprising difluoromethylornithine and an excipient to form a blend; (c) sieving the blend to form a granule a blend; (d) adding a lubricant to the particulate blend to obtain a final blend; and (e) applying a compressive force to the final blend to form a tablet. In some embodiments, the method further comprises mixing the particulate blend prior to step (d) and mixing the final blend prior to step (e). In some embodiments, two excipients are present in the first mixture, wherein the first excipient is colloidal ceria and the second excipient is deuterated microcrystalline cellulose. In some embodiments, the excipient of the second mixture is deuterated microcrystalline cellulose. In some embodiments, the pre-mixing is carried out in a polyethylene coated container. In some embodiments, the mixing is performed in a diffusion blender. In some embodiments, the lubricant is magnesium stearate. In some embodiments, prior to step (d), magnesium stearate is sieved through a screen. In some embodiments, the screen is a 500 μm screen. In some embodiments, sieving comprises applying the blend to a rotation corrector. In some embodiments, the rotation corrector comprises a 1.0 mm screen. In some embodiments, the method further comprises a pre-compression step after step (d) and prior to step (e), wherein the blend is compressed with a force lower than the force of step (e) to pre-compact the blend In addition, the compressive force of step (e) is used to pre-compress the blend to form a tablet. In some embodiments, the pre-compression step prevents tablet capping. In some embodiments, the compressive force of the pre-compression step is applied from about 5% to about 15% of the compressive force applied in step (e). In some embodiments, the compression force of the pre-compression step is from 2.5 kN to 3.5 kN. In some embodiments, the compression force of the pre-compression step is about 3 kN. In some embodiments, the compressive force of step (e) is from 20 kN to 35 kN. In some embodiments, the compressive force of step (e) is about 25 kN. In some embodiments, the method further comprises coating the tablet. In some embodiments, the coating comprises hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, titanium dioxide, polyethylene glycol, and iron oxide yellow. Other objects, features, and advantages of the present invention will be apparent from the embodiments. It is to be understood that the various embodiments of the preferred embodiments of the invention, Only given by way of explanation.

本申請案主張2015年10月30日申請之美國臨時申請案第62/248,810號及2016年7月6日申請之美國臨時申請案第62/358,698號之權利,該等案件之全部內容以引用的方式併入本文中。 在數個態樣中,提供組合物用於二氟甲基鳥氨酸及舒林酸之固定劑量組合(FDC)。亦提供製造本發明之固定劑量組合的方法,其克服與當前方法相關的問題。已經設計製造方法以解決包括藥物-藥物相互作用、藥物-賦形劑相互作用及各藥物組分之摻合均勻性的問題。因此,本發明之固定劑量組合可用於最小化局部及/或全身性副效應、提供更加有效的治療、改良多重用藥且提供更好的患者順應性。I. 家族性腺瘤性息肉病 過量聚胺形成一直涉及上皮癌發生,尤其結直腸癌發生。多胺為較小的普遍存在分子,其涉及各種過程,包括(例如)轉錄、RNA穩定及離子通道選通(Wallace,2000)。在聚胺合成中之第一酶鳥氨酸去羧酶(ODC)對哺乳動物中之正常發育及組織修復為至關重要的,但在大部分成體組織中下調(Gerner及Meyskens,2004)。控制聚胺代謝及輸送中的多種異常導致聚胺水準增加,其可在數種組織中促進腫瘤發生(Thomas及Thomas,2003)。 家族性腺瘤性息肉病(FAP)為與結腸及其他癌症高危相關的症候群。 FAP係由結腸腺瘤息肉病(APC )腫瘤抑制基因的突變導致,且APC信號傳遞展示調節人類細胞(Fultz及Gerner,2002)及FAP之小鼠模型(Erdman等人,1999)中的ODC表現。聚胺代謝在患有FAP之人類的腸道上皮組織中上調(Giardiello等人,1997)。 野生型APC 表現導致ODC表現減少,同時突變APC導致ODC表現增加。 ODC之APC依賴性調節機制涉及E框轉錄因子,包括轉錄活化因子c-MYC 及轉錄抑制因子MAD1 (Fultz及Gerner,2002;Martinez等人,2003)。c-MYC 係藉由其他展示調節ODC轉錄(Bellofernandez等人,1993)。涉及聚胺代謝之數個基因在大部分生物體中為進行最佳生長的必不可少基因,且在非增殖及/或成體細胞及組織中下調(Gerner及Meyskens,2004)。如其他處所回顧,多胺藉由部分影響基因表現之模式來影響特定細胞表現型(Childs等人,2003)。 作為遺傳性息肉病症候群的家族性腺瘤性息肉病(FAP)為結腸腺瘤息肉病(APC)腫瘤抑制基因之生殖系突變的結果(Su等人,1992)。此具有可變表現之常染色體顯性病狀係與數百個結腸腺瘤發育相關,其在四十歲時均發展為腺癌,比偶發性結腸癌的平均診斷年齡早二十年(Bussey,1990)。在對患有FAP之症狀前個人的先前研究中,當與正常的家族成員對照相比時,在看起來正常的結腸直腸生檢中偵測到多胺亞精胺及精胺以及其二胺前驅體腐胺之水準增加(Giardiello等人,1997)。在哺乳動物聚胺合成中的第一及限速酶鳥氨酸去羧酶(ODC)之活性在來自FAP患者之表面上正常的結腸黏膜生檢中亦升高(Giardiello等人,1997;Luk及Baylin,1984)。隨著多胺為最佳細胞增殖所必要,此等研究結果受到關注(Pegg,1986)。另外,使用酶活化不可逆抑制劑DFMO遏制ODC活性在經致癌物處理之嚙齒動物中抑制結腸癌發生(Kingsnorth等人,1983;Tempero等人,1989)。 共有患有FAP之突變型APC /apc 基因型的Min (多個腸道瘤形成)小鼠充當用於人類FAP患者的適用實驗動物模型(Lipkin,1997)。 Min小鼠在整個胃腸道中在120天壽命時可發育大於100個腸胃腺瘤/腺癌,由此導致GI出血、阻塞及死亡。 DFMO與舒林酸之組合療法在此等小鼠中展示有效減少腺瘤。參看美國專利第6,258,845號以及Gerner及Meyskens,2004,其以引用之方式併入本文中。II. 二氟甲基鳥氨酸 當自身供使用且沒有上下文時,術語「二氟甲基鳥氨酸」係指以其任何形式之2,5-二胺-2-(二氟甲基)戊酸,包括非鹽及鹽形式(例如二氟甲基鳥氨酸HCl)、非鹽及鹽形式之無水及水合物形式(例如二氟甲基鳥氨酸鹽酸鹽單水合物)、非鹽及鹽形式之溶劑合物、其對映異構體(RS 形式,其亦可鑑別為dl 形式)及此等對映異構體之混合物(例如外消旋混合物)。「實質上光學上純的製劑」意謂含有約5重量%或更少相反對映異構體之第一對映異構體的製劑。二氟甲基鳥氨酸之特定形式包括二氟甲基鳥氨酸鹽酸鹽單水合物(亦即CAS ID: 96020-91-6;MW: 236.65)、二氟甲基鳥氨酸鹽酸鹽(亦即CAS ID: 68278-23-9;MW: 218.63)及無水游離鹼二氟甲基鳥氨酸(亦即CAS ID: 70052-12-9;MW: 182.17)。若必需,進一步指定二氟甲基鳥氨酸之特定形式。在一些實施例中,本發明之二氟甲基鳥氨酸為二氟甲基鳥氨酸鹽酸鹽單水合物(亦即CAS ID: 96020-91-6)。術語「二氟甲基鳥氨酸」及「DFMO」在本文中可互換地使用。 DFMO為二氟甲基鳥氨酸之縮寫。二氟甲基鳥氨酸及DFMO之其他同義語包括:α-二氟甲基鳥氨酸、2-(二氟甲基)-DL-鳥氨酸、2-(二氟甲基)-dl -鳥氨酸、2-(二氟甲基)鳥氨酸、DL-α-二氟甲基鳥氨酸、N- 二氟甲基鳥氨酸、αδ-二胺-α-(二氟甲基)戊酸及2,5-二胺-2-(二氟甲基)戊酸。 二氟甲基鳥氨酸為鳥氨酸去羧酶(ODC) (聚胺生物合成路徑之限速酶)之酶活化不可逆抑制劑。由於此聚胺合成抑制,化合物有效在諸多器官系統中預防癌症形成、抑制癌症生長且減小腫瘤大小。其亦與其他抗腫瘤劑具有協同作用。 二氟甲基鳥氨酸展示減少小鼠中APC依賴性腸道腫瘤發生(Erdman等人,1999)。每天向人類經口投與二氟甲基鳥氨酸抑制多個上皮組織中之ODC酶活性及聚胺含量(Love等人,1993;Gerner等人,1994;Meyskens等人,1994;Meyskens等人,1998;Simoneau等人,2001;Simoneau等人,2008)。二氟甲基鳥氨酸以及非類固醇消炎藥(NSAID)舒林酸據報導當與隨機臨床試驗中的安慰劑相比時,明顯降低患有結腸腺瘤之個人中的腺瘤復發率(Meyskens等人,2008)。 二氟甲基鳥氨酸藉由Centre de Recherche Merrell,Strasbourg初始合成。目前美國食品藥物管理局(U.S. Food and Drug Administration;FDA)批准包括: ˙  非洲睡眠疾病。高劑量全身性IV劑型,不出售(Sanofi/WHO) ˙  多毛症(男性荷爾蒙誘導之過度毛髮生長)局部劑型 儘管FDA未批准二氟甲基鳥氨酸之口服調配物,但已經批准局部及可注射形式。 Vaniqa®為乳膏,其含有15% w/w二氟甲基鳥氨酸鹽酸鹽單水合物,分別對應於用於局部投與之乳膏中11.5% w/w無水二氟甲基鳥氨酸(EU)、13.9% w/w無水二氟甲基鳥氨酸鹽酸鹽(U.S.)。 Ornidyl®為適用於注射或輸注之二氟甲基鳥氨酸HCl溶液。其以每毫升200 mg二氟甲基鳥氨酸鹽酸鹽單水合物(20 g/100 mL)之強度供應。 二氟甲基鳥氨酸及其在治療良性前列腺肥大中的用途描述於美國專利4,413,141及4,330,559中。'141專利描述二氟甲基鳥氨酸作為試管內及活體內對ODC之強力抑制劑。投與二氟甲基鳥氨酸據報導使得此等多胺通常主動產生之細胞中的腐胺及亞精胺濃度減小。另外,當在標準腫瘤模型中測試時,二氟甲基鳥氨酸展示能夠減緩贅生性細胞增殖。'559專利描述二氟甲基鳥氨酸及二氟甲基鳥氨酸衍生物用於治療良性前列腺肥大。良性前列腺肥大,如特徵為快速細胞增殖之諸多疾病狀態伴隨聚胺濃度異常升高。 二氟甲基鳥氨酸可潛在地連續給與而伴隨顯著的抗腫瘤效應。此藥物以每天0.4 g/m2 之低劑量對人類相對無毒,同時產生抑制腫瘤中之腐胺合成。大鼠腫瘤模型之研究展現二氟甲基鳥氨酸輸注可產生腫瘤腐胺水準降低90%而不遏制周邊血小板數。 以二氟甲基鳥氨酸觀測到之副效應包括以每天4 g/m2 之高劑量對聽覺的效應,當中斷二氟甲基鳥氨酸時即消失。當投與至多一年時,以每天0.4 g/m2 之較低劑量未觀測到對聽覺之此等效應(Meyskens等人,1994)。另外,發現當停止藥物時,幾個眩暈/頭暈情況消失。血小板減少症在使用高「治療性」劑量之二氟甲基鳥氨酸(每天>1.0 g/m2 )的研究中主要報導且在先前進行化學療法之癌症患者或患有骨髓受損之患者中初次報導。儘管與二氟甲基鳥氨酸療法相關之毒性一般而言不與其他類型之化學療法一樣嚴重,但在有限的臨床試驗中發現其促進劑量相關之血小板減少症。此外,大鼠中之研究展示與對照相比,連續輸注二氟甲基鳥氨酸12天顯著減少血小板數。其他研究獲得類似觀測,其中血小板減少症為連續靜脈內二氟甲基鳥氨酸療法之主要毒性。此等研究結果表明二氟甲基鳥氨酸可顯著抑制巨核細胞之骨髓前驅體之ODC活性。二氟甲基鳥氨酸可抑制增殖性修復方法,諸如上皮創傷癒合。 階段III臨床試驗評定用DFMO加上舒林酸或相配安慰劑治療36個月之後的腺瘤息肉復發。暫時性的聽覺喪失為用DFMO治療的已知毒性,因此研發全面的方法來分析連續空氣傳導聲波圖。通用估算等式方法評估在治療組之間關於空氣傳導純音臨限值之改變的平均差,同時計算由於在頻率下重複量測的個體內相關性。基於290名個體,調節基線值、年齡及頻率,與用安慰劑治療之個體相比(95%信賴區間,-0.64至1.63 dB;P=0.39),在用DFMO加上舒林酸治療之個體之間存在0.50 dB之平均差與用安慰劑治療之患者相比,用DFMO加上舒林酸治療之患者的平均臨限值存在<2 dB的差值。此研究之結果更詳細地論述於McLaren等人,2008中,其以全文引用之方式併入本文中。III.   NSAID NSAID為非類固醇的抗發炎劑。除了抗發炎效應以外,據報導其亦具有鎮痛、解熱及抑制血小板效應。其用於例如治療慢性關節炎病狀及與疼痛及發炎相關的某些軟組織病症。據報導其藉由抑制將二十碳四烯酸轉化成環狀內過氧化物(前列腺素之前驅體)的環加氧酶而阻斷前列腺素合成來起作用。抑制前列腺素合成解釋其鎮痛、解熱及抑制血小板作用;其他機制可有助於其抗發炎效應。某些NSAID亦可抑制脂肪加氧酶或磷脂酶C,或可調整T細胞功能。參看AMA Drug Evaluations Annual,1814-5,1994。 非類固醇抗炎藥(NSAID),包括阿司匹林、布洛芬、吡羅昔康(Reddy等人,1990;Singh等人,1994)、吲哚美辛(Narisawa,1981)及舒林酸(Piazza等人,1997;Rao等人,1995)有效地抑制AOM處理之大鼠模型中的結腸癌發生。NSAID亦抑制具有活化Ki-ras之腫瘤發育(Singh及Reddy,1995)。 NSAID似乎經由在腫瘤細胞中誘導細胞凋亡來抑制癌發生(Bedi等人,1995;Lupulescu,1996;Piazza等人,1995;Piazza等人,1997b)。多個研究表明NSAID之化學預防特性(包括誘導細胞凋亡)為其抑制前列腺素合成能力的功能(在DuBois等人,1996;Lupulescu,1996;Vane及Botting,1997中回顧)。然而,研究指示NSAID可經由前列腺素依賴性及非依賴性機制起作用(Alberts等人,1995;Piazza等人,1997a;Thompson等人,1995;Hanif,1996)。 NSAID舒林酸之代謝物舒林酸碸缺乏COX抑制活性,又在腫瘤細胞中誘導細胞凋亡(Piazza等人,1995;Piazza等人,1997b),且在癌發生之數個嚙齒動物模型中抑制腫瘤發育(Thompson等人,1995;Piazza等人,1995,1997a)。 已經檢測數種NSAID在人類臨床試驗中的效應。完成布洛芬之階段IIa試驗(一個月),且發現甚至在300毫克/天之劑量下,在平坦黏膜中之前列腺素E2 (PGE2 )水準顯著降低。 300 mg布洛芬之劑量極低(治療性劑量範圍介於1200-3000毫克/天或更大),且甚至歷經長期仍不大可能發現毒性。然而,在動物化學預防模型中,布洛芬與其他NSAID相比較不有效。A. 阿司匹林 亦稱為乙醯水楊酸之阿司匹林為水楊酸酯藥物,常常用作鎮痛劑以減輕少量疼痛及痛苦,用作解熱劑以減少發熱且用作抗發炎藥物療法。阿司匹林在1897年首次由德國公司Bayer的化學工作者Felix Hoffmann分離出。阿司匹林之主要代謝物柳酸為人類及動物代謝之整體部分。儘管人類中許多可歸因於膳食,但相當大部分經內源性合成。當今,阿司匹林為全球使用最廣泛藥劑之一,估計每年消耗40,000噸。在阿司匹林為由Bayer擁有之註冊商標的國家中,通用術語為乙醯水楊酸(ASA)。 阿司匹林藉由抑制血栓素產生亦具有抗血小板效應,血栓素在正常情況下將血小板分子結合在一起以在血管之受損壁上產生補片。因為血小板補片可在局部及下游變得過大且亦阻斷血流,所以阿司匹林亦以低劑量長期使用以在罹患血液凝塊高危的人類中幫助防止心臟病發作、中風及血液凝塊形成。其亦確立緊接在心臟病發作之後可給與低劑量之阿司匹林以降低再次心臟病發作或心臟組織死亡的風險。阿司匹林可有效預防某些類型之癌症,尤其結腸直腸癌。 經口服用阿司匹林的不良副效應包括腸胃潰瘍、胃出血及耳鳴,尤其以較高劑量時。在兒童及青少年中,由於雷伊氏症候群(Reye's syndrome)風險,不再指定阿司匹林以控制流感類症狀或水痘或其他病毒性疾病之症狀。 阿司匹林為稱作非類固醇抗炎藥(NSAID)之一組藥劑的一部分,但在作用機制上不同於大部分其他NSAID。雖然阿司匹林及在其群組中稱作水楊酸酯之其他藥物具有與其他NSAID類似的效應(解熱、抗發炎、鎮痛),且抑制相同的酶環加氧酶,但阿司匹林(但不為其他水楊酸酯)的確以不可逆方式如此,且不同於其他藥物,影響酶之COX-1變異體而非COX-2變異體。B. 舒林酸及其主要代謝物 舒林酸碸及舒林酸硫化物 舒林酸為具有以下化學名稱之非類固醇、抗發炎劑茚衍生物:(Z)-5-氟-2-甲基-1-((4-(甲亞磺醯基)苯基)亞甲基)-1H-茚-3-乙酸(Physician's Desk Reference,1999)。在不受理論束縛的情況下,亞碸基部分藉由可逆的還原成硫化物代謝物且藉由不可逆的氧化成碸代謝物(依昔舒林(exisulind))在活體內轉化。參看美國專利6,258,845,其以引用之方式併入本文中。亦抑制Ki-ras活化之舒林酸代謝成兩種不同分子,其抑制COX之能力不同,但均能夠經由誘導細胞凋亡來施加化學預防效應。舒林酸碸缺乏COX抑制活性,且最可能以與前列腺素合成無關的方式促進誘導細胞凋亡。可獲得的跡象指示硫化物衍生物為生物學活性化合物中之至少一者。基於此,舒林酸可視為前藥。 舒林酸(Clinoril®)可呈例如150 mg及200 mg錠劑形式獲得。成年人之最常見劑量為150至200 mg一日兩次,最大日劑量為400 mg。在經口投與之後,吸收約90%藥物。峰值血漿水準在空腹患者中在約2小時內達到,且當與食品一起投與時3至4小時達到。舒林酸之平均半衰期為7.8小時:硫化物代謝物之平均半衰期為16.4小時。美國專利第3,647,858號及第3,654,349號涵蓋舒林酸之製劑;兩個專利均以全文引用之方式併入本文中。 指示舒林酸用於急性及長期緩解骨關節炎、類風濕性關節炎、僵直性脊椎炎、急性痛風及急性疼痛肩部之病徵及症狀。藉由舒林酸(每天400 mg)施加之鎮痛及抗發炎效應與藉由阿司匹林(每天4 g)、布洛芬(每天1200 mg)、吲哚美辛(indometacin)(每天125 mg)及苯基丁氮酮(每天400至600 mg)達到的效應相當。舒林酸之副效應包括在幾乎20%患者中的輕度腸胃效應,腹痛及噁心為最頻繁的不適。在至多10%患者中發現CNS副效應,最常報導嗜眠、頭痛及緊張。皮疹及搔癢病在5%患者中發生。用舒林酸之慢性治療可導致嚴重的腸胃毒性,諸如出血、潰瘍及穿孔。 已很好地研究用於化學預防癌症且尤其結腸直腸息肉的舒林酸之潛在用途。舉例而言,均以引用之方式併入本文中的美國專利5,814,625及5,843,929報導舒林酸在人類中的潛在化學預防用途。儘管偶發性腺瘤中的至少一個研究展示無此類效應(Ladenheim等人,1995),但舒林酸展示在家族性腺瘤性息肉病(FAP)患者中產生腺瘤消退(Muscat等人,1994)。舒林酸及其碸代謝物依昔舒林經測試,且繼續針對預防及治療數個癌症類型進行臨床上測試。C. 吡羅昔康 吡羅昔康為非類固醇消炎劑,其用以下化學名稱在治療類風濕性關節炎及骨關節炎中良好確立:1,1-二氧化4-羥基-2-甲基-N -2-吡啶基-2H -1,2-苯并噻嗪-3-甲醯胺。在治療肌肉骨胳病症、痛經及手術後疼痛中亦展現其有用性。其較長半衰期使得其能夠每天投與一次。若經直腸投與,則藥物展示為有效的。腸胃不適為最常報導之副效應。 儘管吡羅昔康在最近的IIb試驗中展現副效應,但吡羅昔康在動物模型(Pollard及Luckert,1989;Reddy等人,1987)中展示為有效的化學預防劑。對NSAID之副效應的大型綜合分析亦指示吡羅昔康比其他NSAID具有更多的副效應(Lanza等人,1995)。 儘管當各藥劑分別投與時,與吡羅昔康相比,DFMO對Ki-ras突變及腫瘤發生施加更大的抑止效應(Reddy等人,1990),但DFMO與吡羅昔康之組合在結腸癌發生之AOM處理之大鼠模型中展示具有協同性化學預防效應(Reddy等人,1990)。在一個研究中,向AOM處理之大鼠投與DFMO或吡羅昔康將具有Ki-ras突變之腫瘤數目自90%分別降低至36%及25% (Singh等人,1994)。藥劑亦降低現有腫瘤中生物化學活性p21 ras之量。D. 塞內昔布 (Celecoxib) 塞內昔布為非類固醇消炎劑,其用以下化學名稱在治療骨關節炎、類風濕性關節炎、急性疼痛、僵直性脊椎炎且減少患有FAP之患者中結腸及直腸息肉數目中良好確立:4-[5-(4-甲基苯基)-3-(三氟甲基)吡唑-1-基]苯磺醯胺。塞內昔布以品牌名稱Celebrex、Celebra及Onsenal由Pfizer出售。塞內昔布為選擇性COX-2抑制劑。塞內昔布之副效應包括心臟及血管疾病率增加30%。另外,腸胃副效應之風險大於80%。E. NSAID 之組合 在一些實施例中,亦可使用各種NSAID之組合。藉由使用較低劑量之兩種或更多種NSAID,在一些實施例中有可能減少與較高劑量之個別NSAID相關的副效應或毒性。舉例而言,在一些實施例中,舒林酸可與塞內昔布一起使用。可彼此組合使用之NSAID的實例包括(但不限於):布洛芬、萘普生(naproxen)、非諾洛芬(fenoprofen)、酮基布洛芬(ketoprofen)、氟比洛芬(flurbiprofen)、奧沙普嗪(oxaprozin)、吲哚美辛(indomethacin)、舒林酸、依託度酸(etodolac)、雙氯芬酸(diclofenac)、吡羅昔康(piroxicam)、美洛昔康(meloxicam)、替諾昔康(tenoxicam)、屈噁昔康(droxicam)、氯諾昔康(lornoxicam)、伊索昔康(isoxicam)、甲芬那酸(mefenamic)、甲氯芬那酸(meclofenamic)、氟芬那酸(flufenamic)、托芬那酸(tolfenamic)、塞內昔布(rofecoxib)、羅非考昔(rofecoxib)、伐地考昔(valdecoxib)、帕瑞考昔(parecoxib)、盧米羅可(lumiracoxib)及依他昔布(etoricoxib)。IV. 二氟甲基鳥氨酸 / 舒林酸組合療法 在一些實施例中,可使用本文所提供之組合物減少患者中癌細胞數目、抑制患者中癌細胞生長及/或預防患者中癌細胞發生。目標癌細胞包括肺癌、腦癌、前列腺癌、腎臟癌、肝癌、卵巢癌、乳房癌、皮膚癌、胃癌、食道癌、頭頸癌、睾丸癌、結腸癌、子宮頸癌、淋巴系統癌及血液癌。在一些實施例中,組合物可用於治療及/或預防結腸癌、家族性腺瘤性息肉病(FAP)、胰臟癌及/或神經母細胞瘤。 在一些實施例中,本文所提供之組合物可用於治療展現癌前症狀之患者,且因此預防癌症發作。關於此類防治性治療的目標細胞及組織包括息肉及其他癌前病變、惡性疾病前、瘤前或指示可能進展為癌症狀態的其他異常表現型。舉例而言,本文所提供之組合物可用於預防具有極少額外毒性的腺瘤。共有患有FAP之突變型APC/apc 基因型的Min (多個腸道瘤形成)小鼠充當用於人類FAP患者的適用實驗動物模型(Lipkin,1997)。 Min小鼠在整個胃腸道中在120天壽命時可發育大於100個腸胃腺瘤/腺癌,由此導致GI出血、阻塞及死亡。 DFMO與舒林酸之組合療法在此等小鼠中展示有效減小腺瘤。參看美國專利6,258,845,其以全文引用之方式併入本文中。V. 固定劑量組合及投與途徑 在一個態樣中,本發明提供包含醫藥學上有效量之二氟甲基鳥氨酸及醫藥學上有效量之非類固醇消炎藥(NSAID)或其代謝物之固定劑量組合的組合物。在一些實施例中,固定劑量組合為醫藥學上有效量之二氟甲基鳥氨酸及醫藥學上有效量之舒林酸。 在一些實施例中,二氟甲基鳥氨酸為二氟甲基鳥氨酸鹽酸鹽單水合物。在一些實施例中,二氟甲基鳥氨酸為二氟甲基鳥氨酸鹽酸鹽單水合物外消旋體。在一些實施例中,二氟甲基鳥氨酸鹽酸鹽單水合物為其兩種對映異構體之外消旋混合物。 在一些實施例中,二氟甲基鳥氨酸以約10 mg至約1000 mg之量存在。在一些實施例中,二氟甲基鳥氨酸以約250 mg至約500 mg之量存在。在一些實施例中,二氟甲基鳥氨酸以約300 mg至約450 mg之量存在。在一些實施例中,二氟甲基鳥氨酸以約350 mg至約400 mg之量存在。在一些實施例中,二氟甲基鳥氨酸以約35重量%至約60重量%之量存在。在一些實施例中,二氟甲基鳥氨酸以約40重量%至約55重量%之量存在。在一些實施例中,二氟甲基鳥氨酸以約50重量%至約55重量%之量存在。在一些實施例中,二氟甲基鳥氨酸以約52重量%至約54重量%之量存在。在一些實施例中,二氟甲基鳥氨酸鹽酸鹽單水合物外消旋體之量為52重量%至54重量%。在一些實施例中,二氟甲基鳥氨酸以約375 mg之量存在。在一些實施例中,二氟甲基鳥氨酸鹽酸鹽單水合物外消旋體之量為375 mg。 在一些實施例中,舒林酸以約10 mg至約1500 mg之量存在。在一些實施例中,舒林酸以約50 mg至約100 mg之量存在。在一些實施例中,舒林酸以約70 mg至約80 mg之量存在。在一些實施例中,舒林酸以約75 mg之量存在。在一些實施例中,舒林酸之量為75 mg。在一些實施例中,舒林酸以約5重量%至約20重量%之量存在。在一些實施例中,舒林酸以約8重量%至約15重量%之量存在。在一些實施例中,舒林酸以約10重量%至約12重量%之量存在。在一些實施例中,舒林酸之量為10重量%至11重量%。 在一些實施例中,二氟甲基鳥氨酸以約375 mg之量存在,且舒林酸以約75 mg之量存在。 在一些實施例中,調配物進一步包含賦形劑。在一些實施例中,賦形劑為澱粉、膠態二氧化矽或矽化微晶纖維素。在一些實施例中,賦形劑為膠態二氧化矽。在一些實施例中,調配物進一步包含第二賦形劑。在一些實施例中,第二賦形劑為矽化微晶纖維素。 在一些實施例中,調配物進一步包含潤滑劑。在一些實施例中,潤滑劑為硬脂酸鎂、硬脂酸鈣、硬脂酸鈉、單硬脂酸甘油酯、硬脂酸鋁、聚乙二醇、硼酸或苯甲酸鈉。在一些實施例中,潤滑劑為硬脂酸鎂。在一些實施例中,硬脂酸鎂以約0.25重量%至約2重量%之量存在。在一些實施例中,硬脂酸鎂之量為約0.75重量%至約2重量%。在一些實施例中,硬脂酸鎂之量為約1重量%至約1.5重量%。在一些實施例中,硬脂酸鎂之量為約1.1重量%。在一些實施例中,硬脂酸鎂以約1.5重量%之量存在。 在一些實施例中,組合物係呈膠囊、錠劑、微型錠劑、顆粒、丸粒、溶液、凝膠、乳膏、泡沫或貼片形式。在一些實施例中,組成物係呈錠劑,例如單層錠劑形式。 在一些實施例中,錠劑之重量為約650 mg至約1,000 mg。在一些實施例中,錠劑之重量為約675 mg至約725 mg。在一些實施例中,錠劑之重量為約700 mg。 在一些實施例中,錠劑進一步包含包衣。在一些實施例中,包衣為調節釋放包衣或腸溶包衣。在一些實施例中,包衣為pH反應性包衣。在一些實施例中,包衣包含鄰苯二甲酸乙酸纖維素(CAP)、苯偏三酸乙酸纖維素(CAT)、聚(乙酸乙烯酯)鄰苯二甲酸酯(PVAP)、鄰苯二甲酸羥基丙基甲基纖維素(HP)、聚(甲基丙烯酸酯丙烯酸乙酯)(1:1)共聚物(MA-EA)、聚(甲基丙烯酸酯甲基丙烯酸甲酯)(1:1)共聚物(MA MMA)、聚(甲基丙烯酸酯甲基丙烯酸甲酯)(1:2)共聚物或丁二酸乙酸羥基丙基甲基纖維素(HPMCAS)。在一些實施例中,包衣掩蓋二氟甲基鳥氨酸之味道。在一些實施例中,包衣包含羥丙基甲基纖維素、二氧化鈦、聚乙二醇及氧化鐵黃。 在一些實施例中,包衣之量為約1重量%至約5重量%。在一些實施例中,包衣之量為約2重量%至約4重量%。在一些實施例中,包衣之量為約3重量%。在一些實施例中,包衣之量為約5 mg至約30 mg。在一些實施例中,包衣之量為約15 mg至約25 mg。在一些實施例中,包衣之量為約21 mg。 在一些實施例中,包含包衣之錠劑的重量為約675 mg至約750 mg。在一些實施例中,包含包衣之錠劑的重量為約700 mg至約725 mg。在一些實施例中,包含包衣之錠劑的重量為約721 mg。 在一個態樣中,本發明提供包含醫藥學上有效量之二氟甲基鳥氨酸及醫藥學上有效量之舒林酸之固定劑量組合的組合物。在一些實施例中,組合物係呈膠囊、錠劑、微型錠劑、顆粒、丸粒、溶液、凝膠、乳膏、泡沫或貼片形式。在一些實施例中,組合物為固體且採取錠劑,例如單層錠劑形式。在一些實施例中,錠劑經膜包覆。 在一些態樣中,本發明提供二氟甲基鳥氨酸及NSAID之口服固定劑量組合調配物。在一些實施例中,提供包含醫藥學上有效量之二氟甲基鳥氨酸及醫藥學上有效量之NSAID的醫藥組合物。在一些實施例中,NSAID為舒林酸、阿司匹林、吡羅昔康或塞內昔布。在一些較佳實施例中,NSAID為舒林酸。 在一些實施例中,本發明之醫藥組合物及調配物用於腸內,諸如口服,且亦用於經直腸或非經腸,其中組合物包含單獨或與醫藥輔助物質(賦形劑)一起之藥學上活性化合物。用於腸內或非經腸投與之醫藥製劑呈例如單位劑型形式,諸如包衣錠劑、錠劑、膠囊或栓劑以及安瓿。其以本身已知的方式,例如使用習知混合、粒化、包覆、溶解或凍乾方法製備。因此,口服使用之醫藥製劑可藉由將活性化合物與固體賦形劑組合,若需要粒化所獲得之混合物,且在需要或必需時,在添加適合輔助物質之後,將混合物或顆粒加工成錠劑或包衣錠劑核來獲得。在一個較佳實施例中,活性成分及賦形劑之混合物調配成錠劑形式。可塗覆適當包衣以增加可口性或延遲吸收。舉例而言,包衣可塗覆於錠劑以掩蓋活性化合物(諸如DFMO)為人厭惡的味道,或維持及/或延遲活性分子在胃腸道中釋放至特定區域。 治療性化合物可例如與惰性稀釋劑或可吸收可食載劑一起經口投與。治療性化合物及其他成分亦可圍封於硬或軟外殼明膠膠囊中、壓縮成錠劑或直接併入個體膳食中。對於經口治療性投與,治療性化合物可與賦形劑組合且以可攝取錠劑、經頰錠劑、糖衣錠、膠囊、酏劑、懸浮液、糖漿或粉片形式使用。 在某些實施例中,本文所提供之錠劑及/或膠囊包含活性成分及粉狀載劑,諸如乳糖、澱粉、纖維素衍生物、硬脂酸鎂及硬脂酸。類似稀釋劑可用於製備壓縮錠劑。在其他實施例中,可製造錠劑及膠囊以用於立即或調節釋放。在一些實施例中,錠劑及/或膠囊製造為持續釋放產物以經數小時時段提供持續釋放之藥物。在一些實施例中,壓縮錠劑經糖包覆及/或經膜包覆以掩蓋令人不愉快的味道及/或防止錠劑與大氣接觸。在一些實施例中,錠劑包覆腸溶包衣以用於在胃腸道中選擇性崩解。 在一些實施例中,錠劑或膠囊能夠崩解或溶解以釋放包含不同數量之第一組分及第二組分的粒子的多顆粒,例如包覆調節釋放包衣之多粒子。在一些此等實施例中,錠劑或膠囊可崩解或溶解於口腔、胃、小腸、末端迴腸或結腸中。在一些此等實施例中,錠劑或膠囊可釋放具有經調節釋放特性之多顆粒。 在一些實施例中,本發明提供一種呈多層錠劑形式之醫藥口服固定劑量組合。多層錠劑具有至少兩個層(雙層錠劑)或可具有三個、四個、五個或更多個層。在一些實施例中,層中之每一者含有不超過一種活性醫藥成分(API)。舉例而言,在一些實施例中,錠劑具有兩個層,其中API中之一者在兩個層中之每一者中。在一些實施例中,除了此兩個層以外,錠劑亦含有其他僅含有載劑之層,且其可例如作為分離層或外部包衣層起作用。在一些實施例中,若存在多於兩個層,則組分可存在於超過一個層中,只要其不在同一層中一起存在。在某些實施例中,單層錠劑為較佳的,但以下詳述的所有資訊同樣適用於多層錠劑。 在一些實施例中,可調配固定劑量組合以提供在約0.1 μM至約1000 μM範圍內且較佳在約1 μM至100 μM範圍內且更佳在約1 μM至約50 μM範圍內的總體二氟甲基鳥氨酸及/或舒林酸之平均穩定狀態血漿濃度水準。A. 醫藥學上可接受之賦形劑 在一些實施例中,組合物進一步包含醫藥學上可接受之賦形劑。在一些此等實施例中,醫藥學上可接受之賦形劑可包括醫藥學上可接受之稀釋劑、醫藥學上可接受之崩解劑、醫藥學上可接受之黏合劑、醫藥學上可接受之穩定劑、醫藥學上可接受之潤滑劑、醫藥學上可接受之顏料或醫藥學上可接受之助滑劑。在本發明之固定劑量組合調配物中,活性成分可與醫藥學上可接受之賦形劑以1:0.25至1:20之重量比混合。 可用於本發明之醫藥調配物的稀釋劑包括(但不限於)微晶纖維素(「MCC」)、矽化MCC (例如PROSOLV™ HD 90)、微細纖維素、乳糖、澱粉、預糊化澱粉、糖、甘露糖醇、山梨糖醇、葡萄糖結合劑、糊精、麥芽糊精、右旋糖、碳酸鈣、硫酸鈣、二水合磷酸氫鈣、磷酸三鈣、碳酸鎂、氧化鎂及其任何混合物。較佳地,稀釋劑為矽化MCC。稀釋劑以調配物之總重量計以約5重量%至約95重量%之量使用,且較佳以約25重量%至約40重量%之量,諸如以約30重量%至約35重量%之量使用。在某些態樣中,稀釋劑可為可溶稀釋劑。當使用稀釋劑時,在各離散層中其與活性成分之比率極其重要。術語「可溶稀釋劑」係指溶解於以下中之稀釋劑:水、類乳糖、Ludipress (BASF,乳糖、交聯聚維酮(crospovidone)及聚維酮(povidone) (93:3.5:3.5,w/w(%))之混合物)、甘露糖醇及山梨糖醇。 崩解劑用於促進錠劑在口腔及/或胃腸道中暴露於流體之後膨脹且崩解。適用於本發明之固定劑量組合調配物的崩解劑之實例包括交聯聚維酮、羥基乙酸澱粉鈉、交聯羧甲纖維素鈉、經低取代之羥基丙基纖維素、澱粉、海藻酸或其鈉鹽及其混合物。可用於本發明之醫藥調配物的其他崩解劑包括(但不限於)甲基纖維素、微晶纖維素、羧基甲基纖維素鈣、羧基甲基纖維素鈉(例如AC-DI-SOL™、PRIMELLOSE™)、聚維酮、瓜爾豆膠、矽酸鎂鋁、膠態二氧化矽(例如AEROSIL™、CARBOSILTM )、波拉克林鉀(polacrilin potassium)、澱粉、預糊化澱粉、羥基乙酸澱粉鈉、(例如EXPLOTAB™)、海藻酸鈉及其任何混合物。較佳地,崩解劑為膠態二氧化矽。崩解劑可以調配物之總重量計以約0.1重量%至約30重量%之量使用,且較佳以約0.2重量%至約5重量%之量使用。 本發明之組合物可包含潤滑劑。當顆粒自身附著至壓錠機衝頭面時,可發生黏附。潤滑劑用於促進粉末流動,且減少錠劑衝頭面與錠劑衝頭之間及錠劑表面與模具壁之間的摩擦。舉例而言,潤滑劑包括硬脂酸鎂、硬脂酸鈣、硬脂酸鋅、硬脂酸、硬脂醯反丁烯二酸鈉、聚乙二醇、硫酸月桂酯鈉、硫酸月桂酯鎂及苯甲酸鈉。較佳地,潤滑劑為硬脂酸鎂。在本發明中,潤滑劑較佳包含固體劑型之0.25重量%至2重量%,且較佳約1.5重量%之量。在例示性調配物中,潤滑劑為以約1.5重量%之量存在之硬脂酸鎂以預防黏附。 黏合劑可用於本發明之醫藥組合物中以幫助壓縮後將錠劑固持在一起。適用於本發明之黏合劑之實例為阿拉伯膠、瓜爾豆膠、海藻酸、卡波姆(carbomers)(例如Carbopol™產品)、糊精、麥芽糊精、甲基纖維素、乙基纖維素、羥基乙基纖維素、羥基丙基纖維素(例如KLUCEL™)、羥基丙基甲基纖維素(例如METHOCEL™)、羧基甲基纖維素鈉、液體葡萄糖、矽酸鎂鋁、聚甲基丙烯酸酯、聚乙烯吡咯啶酮(例如聚維酮K-90 D,KOLLIDON™)、共聚維酮(copovidone)(PLASDONE™)、明膠、澱粉及其任何混合物。較佳地,黏合劑為澱粉。在本發明中,黏合劑較佳包含固體劑型之約1重量%至約15重量%。在其他實施例中,固體劑型不包含黏合劑。 在某些實施例中,可用於本發明之固定劑量組合調配物的穩定劑可為抗氧化劑。使用抗氧化劑促進活性成分之穩定性以抵抗與其他醫藥學上可接受之添加劑產生不良反應且抵抗隨著時間由熱量或濕氣引起之改變。舉例而言,抗氧化劑為抗壞血酸及其酯、丁基化羥基甲苯(BHT)、丁基化羥基大茴香醚(BHA)、α-生育酚、半胱胺酸、檸檬酸、沒食子酸丙酯、硫酸氫鈉、焦亞硫酸鈉、乙二胺四乙酸(EDTA)及其任何混合物。B. 錠劑製造方法 本發明之另一態樣為提供製造本文揭示之錠劑,包括包含二氟甲基鳥氨酸及舒林酸之錠劑的方法。在一些實施例中,活性劑藉由以下步驟製備:經由所需網目大小篩網篩分至少一種活性劑及一或多種賦形劑,且隨後使用快速混合器粒化機、行星混合器、質量混合器、條帶混合器、流化床處理器或任何其他適合裝置混合。摻合物可諸如藉由添加具有或不具有黏合劑之醇或水醇或水性的溶液或懸浮液在低或高剪切混合器、流體化床粒化機以及其類似裝置中進行粒化或藉由乾式粒化進行粒化。顆粒可使用盤式乾燥器、流化床乾燥器、旋轉錐形真空乾燥器以及其類似裝置進行乾燥。顆粒可使用振盪粒化機或粉碎研磨機或裝備有適合篩網之任何其他習知設備設定大小。替代地,顆粒藉由擠製且滾圓或碾壓製備。另外,製造含有活性劑之顆粒可包括與可直接壓縮賦形劑混合或碾壓。 在本發明之其他實施例中,小錠劑(微錠劑)可藉由使用各種尺寸及形狀(按需要)之模具及衝頭壓縮顆粒來製造。視情況,若需要可利用熟習此項技術者已知的技術,諸如噴塗、浸塗、流體化床包衣及其類似技術將包衣應用於錠劑。在本發明之某些實施例中,可使用適合的溶劑系統,諸如醇、水醇、水性或有機溶劑系統以促進處理。1. 粒化 粒化為其中製造彼此黏附之粉末粒子,由此產生較大、多粒子實體或顆粒的方法。在本發明之實施例中,藉由乾式或濕式技術所獲得之顆粒可與一或多種潤滑劑及/或抗黏附劑一起摻合,且隨後填充入單一膠囊中或填充入不同尺寸之不同膠囊中,以使得較小膠囊可填充入另一較大膠囊中。 在某一實施例中,藉由壓製進行之乾式粒化係用於製備固體劑量組合物。在乾式粒化中,粉末摻合物藉由將常用力施加至粉末上壓製,由此導致相當大的尺寸增大。在一些態樣中,壓錠用於乾式粒化方法,其中壓錠機用於壓製方法。在其他態樣中,輥壓機用於包括進料系統、壓製單元及尺寸縮小單元之乾式粒化。在此方法中,粉末在兩個輥之間藉由施加力來壓製,該力為乾式粒化方法中最重要的參數。施加力以kN/cm為單位表示,其為每公分輥寬度的力。按壓力偶爾亦以巴為單位指示。然而,此僅代表液壓系統中之壓力,且實際上不為施加至粉末上之力的合適量測單位。在視傳送至輥之粉末量而定的所給與力下,粉末將壓製到預定義的條帶厚度。 在其他實施例中,濕式粒化用於製備固體劑量組合物。濕式粒化粉末改良壓縮混合物之流動性及壓塑性。在濕式粒化中,顆粒係由將粒化液體添加至粉末床上形成,該粉末床受葉輪(在高剪切製粒機中)、螺桿(在雙螺桿製粒機中)或空氣(在流體化床製粒機中)影響。在系統中產生攪動以及潤濕調配物內之組分使得初步的粉末粒子凝集以產生濕顆粒。粒化液體(流體)含有必須為揮發性以使得其可藉由乾燥移除,且無毒之溶劑。典型液體包括單獨或以組合形式之水、乙醇及異丙醇。液體溶液可為水性類或溶劑類。水溶液具有比有機溶劑處理更安全的優勢。 錠劑亦可由基本上如Maejima等人,1997 (其以引用之方式併入本文中)中所描述翻滾熔融粒化(TMG)形成。翻滾熔融粒化可用於製備熔融顆粒。其可在翻滾混合器中完成。將熔融低熔點化合物噴灑至摻合器中之結晶醣及粉末醣上,且混合直至顆粒形成。在此情況下,低熔點成分為黏合劑且結晶醣為晶種。替代方法為在翻滾混合器中合併未熔融低熔點成分、結晶糖(例如蔗糖或麥芽糖)及呈粉末形式之水溶性成分(例如甘露糖醇或乳糖),且混合,同時加熱至低熔點黏合劑之熔點或更高熔點。晶種應為結晶或粒狀水溶性成分(醣),例如粒狀甘露糖醇、結晶麥芽糖、結晶蔗糖或任何其他糖。翻滾混合器之實例為雙殼摻合器(V形摻合器)或任何其他形狀之翻滾混合器。可經由粒化機腔室循環熱空氣且藉由加熱腔室之底部表面達成加熱。當晶種材料及粉末錠劑成分在經加熱腔室中循環時,低熔點化合物熔融且黏附至晶種。未熔融粉末材料黏附至晶種黏合、熔融低熔點材料。接著冷卻由此方法形成之球狀珠粒,且將其經篩網篩分以移除未黏附粉末。 噴霧凝結或造粒亦可用於形成本發明之錠劑組合物。噴霧凝結包括霧化組合物之熔融液滴,其包括表面上之低熔點化合物或較佳為其他錠劑成分。可用於噴霧凝結之設備包括噴霧乾燥器(例如Nero噴霧乾燥器)及具有頂部噴霧之流化床塗佈機/粒化(例如Glatt流化床塗佈機/粒化機)。在較佳實施例中,較佳水溶性賦形劑,更佳醣懸浮於熔融低熔點成分中且噴霧凝結形成速溶顆粒。在噴霧凝結之後,使所得組合物冷卻且凝結。凝結混合物之後,其經篩檢或篩分且與其餘錠劑成分混合。使包含低熔點化合物及其他錠劑成分之任何組合的速溶顆粒熔融且噴霧凝結至其他錠劑成分上的噴霧凝結方法在本發明之範疇內。混合包括低熔點化合物之所有錠劑成分,熔融低熔點化合物且將混合物噴霧凝結至表面上的噴霧凝結方法亦在本發明之範疇內。2. 摻合 在某些實施例中,混合物在粒化之後摻合。在固體劑量製造中之摻合達成摻合均勻性且分配潤滑劑。在某些態樣中,摻合步驟經設計以在潤滑劑之最終摻合物之前達成所有組分之均質性。然而,摻合粉末由於粒徑、水分含量、結構、容積密度及流動特性而成為難題。成功配方的關鍵為添加次序。通常組分及醫藥學上可接受之添加劑分配至適合容器,諸如擴散摻合器或擴散混合器中。翻滾混合器之實例為雙殼摻合器(V形摻合器)或任何其他形狀之翻滾混合器。3. 壓縮 當製備錠劑組合物時,其可形成各種形狀。在較佳實施例中,錠劑組合物壓成形狀。此方法可包含將錠劑組合物放入形式中,且施加壓力至組合物以使組合物呈現組合物接觸之形式的表面形狀。壓縮成錠劑形式可藉由壓錠機完成。壓錠機包括適合底部模具的下衝頭及在製錠材料落入模具空腔之後進入頂部模具空腔的具有對應形狀及尺寸之上衝頭。錠劑由施加在下衝頭及上衝頭上的壓力而形成。本發明之錠劑一般具有約20 kP或更少之硬度;較佳地錠劑具有約15 kP或更少之硬度。典型壓縮壓力為約5 kN至約40 kN,且將基於所需尺寸及錠劑硬度改變。在一些態樣中,壓縮壓力為約25 kN至約35 kN。在特定態樣中,壓縮壓力小於約37 kN,諸如小於約30 kN,諸如小於約25 kN。液壓機(諸如Carver Press)或旋轉錠劑壓力機(諸如Stokes Versa Press)為壓縮本發明之錠劑組合物的適合方式。例示性壓縮力參數展示於表3中。 在某些實施例中,潤滑摻合物可使用適合裝置(諸如旋轉機器)壓縮以形成錠塊,其通過裝備有適合篩網之研磨機或流體能研磨機或球磨機或膠體研磨機或輥研磨機或錘研磨機及其類似裝置,獲得經研磨之活性劑錠塊。 可使用預壓縮步驟以便預防錠劑頂裂。頂裂係指來自錠劑主體之錠劑之頂蓋或頂部的裂口或裂縫。頂裂可由在壓縮期間推出空氣時遷移的不可壓縮精細粒子導致。舉例而言,預壓縮可以約5%、10%或15%之主壓縮力。在較佳實施例中,錠劑以不超過約10 kN、較佳小於5 kN之壓力預壓縮成形式。舉例而言,以小於1 kN、1.5 kN、2 kN、2.1 kN、2.2 kN、2.5 kN、3 kN、3.5 kN、4 kN、4.5 kN、5 kN、6 kN、7 kN、8 kN、9 kN或10 kN按壓錠劑在本發明之範疇內。在特定態樣中,預壓縮力為約2.5 kN至約3.5 kN。例示性預壓縮力參數展示於表3中。4. 膜衣 根據本發明之組合物或固體劑型亦可包覆有膜衣、腸溶包衣、調節釋放包衣、保護性包衣或抗黏附包衣。 本發明之組合物可經包覆腸溶包衣。藉由包覆腸溶包衣或包衣意謂預防活性劑在胃中釋放且允許在腸道上部釋放的醫藥學上可接受之包衣。在其他實施例中,應用腸溶包衣以延遲活性劑釋放至末端迴腸或釋放至結腸。腸溶包衣可作為外塗層在調節釋放包衣時添加。腸溶包衣聚合物可在腸溶包衣調配物中單獨或以組合形式使用。腸溶包衣可設計為單層或設計為多層包衣實施例。用於本發明之組合物的較佳腸溶包衣包含選自以下之成膜劑:鄰苯二甲酸乙酸纖維素;苯偏三酸乙酸纖維素;甲基丙烯酸共聚物、衍生自甲基丙烯酸及其酯之共聚物,含有至少40%甲基丙烯酸;鄰苯二甲酸羥丙基甲基纖維素;丁二酸乙酸羥基丙基甲基纖維素或聚乙酸乙烯酯鄰苯二甲酸酯。適用於腸溶包衣之聚合物之實例包括例如鄰苯二甲酸乙酸纖維素(CAP)、苯偏三酸乙酸纖維素(CAT)、聚(乙酸乙烯酯)鄰苯二甲酸酯(PVAP)、鄰苯二甲酸羥基丙基甲基纖維素(HP)、聚(甲基丙烯酸酯丙烯酸乙酯)(1:1)共聚物(MA-EA)、聚(甲基丙烯酸酯甲基丙烯酸甲酯)(1:1)共聚物(MA MMA)、聚(甲基丙烯酸酯甲基丙烯酸甲酯)(1:2)共聚物、EUDRAGIT™ L 30D (MA-EA,1:1)、EUDRAGIT™ 100 55 (MA-EA,3:1)、丁二酸乙酸羥基丙基甲基纖維素(HPMCAS)、SURETERIC (PVAP)、AQUATERIC™ (CAP)、蟲膠或AQOAT™ (HPMCAS)。可與本發明一起使用之靶向結腸遞送系統為吾人所知且使用諸如以下材料:羥基丙基纖維素;微晶纖維素(MCE,來自FMC Corp.之AVICEL™);聚(乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯)(60:40)共聚物(來自Aldrich Chemical Co.之EVAC);甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯(HEMA);MMA;在N,N'-雙(甲基丙烯醯基氧基乙基氧基羰基胺基)-偶氮苯存在下合成之HEMA:MMA:MA三元共聚物;偶氮聚合物;包覆腸溶包衣定時釋放系統(來自Pharmaceutical Profiles, Ltd., UK之TIME CLOCK®)及果膠酯酸鈣及滲透小型泵系統(ALZA corp.)。 在一些實施例中,膜衣包含諸如以下聚合物:羥基丙基纖維素(HPC)、乙基纖維素(EC)、羥基丙基甲基纖維素(HMPC)、羥基乙基纖維素(HEC)、鈉羧基甲基纖維素(CMC)、聚(乙烯基吡咯烷酮)(PVP)、聚(乙二醇)(PEG)、甲基丙烯酸二甲基胺基乙酯-甲基丙烯酸酯共聚物或丙烯酸乙酯-甲基丙烯酸甲酯共聚物(EA-MMA)。 在一些實施例中,組合物具有調節釋放包衣。調節釋放包衣可為pH反應性包衣,其當曝露於特定pH時,將遞送活性劑(例如遞送至結腸直腸道)。在一些實施例中,pH反應性包衣為pH反應性聚合物,其當曝露於大於或等於約6之pH時將溶解;儘管pH反應性聚合物可在大於或等於約5之pH下溶解。 pH反應性聚合物可為例如聚合化合物,諸如EUDRAGIT™ RS及EUDRAGIT™ RL。 EUDRAGIT™產品形成約30D重量之乳膠分散液。由於EUDRAGIT™ RS 30D作為包衣透水性不佳,所以其經設計用於緩慢釋放,由於EUDRAGIT™ RS 30D作為包衣透水性相對較佳,所以其經設計用於快速釋放。此等兩種聚合物一般組合使用。如本文中所涵蓋,EUDRAGIT™ RS 30D/EUDRAGIT™ RL 30D之容許比率為約10:0至約8:2。經設計用於腸或結腸直腸釋放之乙基纖維素或S100或其他等效聚合物亦可取代以上EUDRAGIT™ RS/EUDRAGIT™ RL組合使用。 視情況,方法包含對錠劑進行膜包覆之步驟。可使用任何適合之方式完成膜衣。適合膜衣為吾人所知且可商購或可根據已知方法製造。通常膜衣材料為包含諸如聚乙二醇、滑石及著色劑之材料的聚合膜包衣材料。適合包衣材料為甲基纖維素、羥丙基甲基纖維素、羥基丙基纖維素、丙烯酸聚合物、乙基纖維素、鄰苯二甲酸乙酸纖維素、聚乙酸乙烯酯鄰苯二甲酸酯、鄰苯二甲酸羥丙基甲基纖維素、聚乙烯醇、鈉羧基甲基纖維素、乙酸纖維素、鄰苯二甲酸乙酸纖維素、明膠、甲基丙烯酸共聚物、聚乙二醇、蟲膠、蔗糖、二氧化鈦、巴西棕櫚蠟(camauba wax)、微晶蠟及玉米蛋白。在一些態樣中,膜衣為羥丙基甲基纖維素、二氧化鈦、聚乙二醇及氧化鐵黃。舉例而言,膜衣為OPADRY® Yellow (Colorcon)。通常,膜衣材料以該量施加以便提供在1重量%至6重量%之包覆膜衣錠劑範圍內,諸如2重量%至4重量%,諸如約3重量%的膜衣。可將塑化劑及其他成分添加於包衣材料中。相同或不同活性物質亦可添加於包衣材料中。 在一些實施例中,錠劑之包衣可改良可口性以掩蓋諸如DFMO之活性成分令人不喜的味道。舉例而言,錠劑包衣組合物可包括纖維素聚合物、塑化劑、甜味劑或粉末香料組合物,粉末香料組合物包括與固體載劑相關的調味劑。C. 投與時程及方案 在一些實施例中,藥劑可按常規時程投與。如本文所用,常規時程係指預定的指定時間段。只要時程經預定,常規時程可涵蓋時長相同或不同的時段。舉例而言,常規時程可涉及一日投與兩次、每日投與、每兩天投與、每三天投與、每四天投與、每五天投與、每六天投與、每週投與、每月投與或任何設定數目之天或週之間投與。替代地,預定常規時程可涉及每天兩次投與持續第一週,接著每天投與持續數月等。在其他實施例中,本發明提供可經口服用之藥劑及依賴或不依賴於食物攝入的時序。因此,例如,藥劑可每天早晨及/或每天晚上服用,與個體吃飯與否無關。VI. 對患者之診斷及治療 在一些實施例中,治療方法可補充有診斷性方法以改良功效及/或最小化抗癌療法毒性,包含投與本文所提供之組合物。此類方法描述於例如美國專利8,329,636及9,121,852、美國專利公開案US2013/0217743及US2015/0301060以及PCT專利公開案WO2014/070767及WO2015/195120中,其均以引用之方式併入本文中。 在一些實施例中,本發明之組合物及調配物可向個體投與,其中在ODC1基因啟動子之至少一個對偶基因之位置+316處的基因型為G。在一些實施例中,患者之ODC1基因啟動子之兩個對偶基因之位置+316處的基因型可為GG。在一些實施例中,患者之ODC1基因啟動子之兩個對偶基因之位置+316處的基因型可為GA。在關於腺瘤復發之完整模型中偵測到關於ODC1 基因型及治療的統計顯著相互作用,使得安慰劑患者中腺瘤復發模式為:GG 50%、GA 35%、AA 29%相對於二氟甲基鳥氨酸/舒林酸患者:GG 11%、GA 14%、AA 57%。與先前報導展示接受阿司匹林帶有至少一個A對偶基因之CRA患者中的復發性腺瘤風險減小相比,二氟甲基鳥氨酸及舒林酸之腺瘤抑制性效應在具有主要G同型接合ODC1 基因型之彼等患者中較大(Martinez等人,2003;Barry等人,2006;Hubner等人,2008)。此等結果展現與GG基因型患者相比,位置+316處的ODC1 A對偶基因載體在回應長期暴露於二氟甲基鳥氨酸及舒林酸時不同,其中A對偶基因載體在腺瘤復發方面具有較少有益效果,且尤其在AA同型接合子中,有可能罹患耳毒性的風險升高。 在一些實施例中,本發明提供用於預防性或治癒性治療患者中結腸直腸癌的方法,其包含:(a)自測試獲得結果,該測試測定至少一個ODC1 啟動子基因對偶基因之位置+316處的患者基因型;及(b)若結果指示ODC1 啟動子基因之至少一個對偶基因之位置+316處的患者基因型為G,則向患者投與本文所提供之組合物。在一些實施例中,本發明提供用於治療患者中結腸直腸癌風險因素的方法,其包含:(a)自測試獲得結果,該測試測定至少一個ODC1 啟動子基因對偶基因之位置+316處的患者基因型;及(b)若結果指示ODC1 啟動子基因之至少一個對偶基因之位置+316處的患者基因型為G,則向患者投與本文所提供之組合物,其中該等方法預防患者中形成新的異常腺管病灶、新的腺瘤息肉或新的發育不良腺瘤。參看美國專利8,329,636,以引用之方式併入本文中。 在一些實施例中,本發明提供用於預防性或治癒性治療患者中家族性腺瘤性息肉病(FAP)或神經母細胞瘤的方法,其包含:(a)自測試獲得結果,該測試測定至少一個ODC1 啟動子基因對偶基因之位置+316處的患者基因型;及(b)若結果指示ODC1 啟動子基因之至少一個對偶基因之位置+316處的患者基因型為G,則向患者投與本文所提供之組合物。在一些實施例中,本發明提供用於治療患者中家族性腺瘤性息肉病或神經母細胞瘤風險因素的方法,其包含:(a)自測試獲得結果,該測試測定至少一個ODC1 啟動子基因對偶基因之位置+316處的患者基因型;及(b)若結果指示ODC1 啟動子基因之至少一個對偶基因之位置+316處的患者基因型為G,則向患者投與本文所提供之組合物,其中該等方法預防患者中形成新的異常腺管病灶、新的腺瘤息肉或新的發育不良腺瘤。參看美國專利9,121,852,其以引用之方式併入本文中。 在一些實施例中,本發明提供用於治療患有癌瘤之患者的方法,其包含向患者投與本文所提供之組合物,其中已經測定患者具有不高的膳食聚胺攝入及/或組織聚胺水準及/或組織聚胺通量。在一些此等實施例中,不高的膳食聚胺攝入為每天300 μM聚胺或更低。在一些此等實施例中癌瘤為結腸直腸癌。參看美國專利公開案US2013/0217743,其以引用之方式併入本文中。 在一些實施例中,本發明提供用於預防性或治癒性治療患者中癌症的方法,其包含:(a)自測試獲得結果,該測試測定來自患者之癌細胞中let-7 非編碼RNA、HMGA2蛋白質及/或LIN28蛋白質之表現水準;及(b)若結果指示患者癌症展現與參考let-7 非編碼RNA表現水準相比let-7 非編碼RNA表現水準降低,與參考HMGA2蛋白質表現水準相比HMGA2蛋白質表現水準升高及/或與參考LIN28蛋白質表現水準相比LIN28蛋白質表現水準升高,則向患者投與本文所提供之組合物。在一些此等實施例中,參考含量為非患病個體中觀測到的水準或來自患者之非癌細胞中觀測到的水準。在一些此等實施例中,「獲得」包含提供來自患者的癌症樣品且評定來自樣品之癌細胞中let-7 非編碼RNA、HMGA2蛋白質或LIN28蛋白質的表現水準。在一些此等實施例中,「評定let -7非編碼RNA之表現水準」包含定量PCR或諾瑟墨點法(Northern blotting)。在一些此等實施例中,「評定HMGA2蛋白質或LIN28蛋白質之表現水準」包含免疫組織化學或ELISA。在一些此等實施例中,樣品為血液或組織,諸如腫瘤組織。在一些此等實施例中,患者為人類。在一些此等實施例中,癌症為結腸直腸癌、神經母細胞瘤、乳癌、胰臟癌、腦癌、肺癌、胃癌、血液癌、皮膚癌、睪丸癌、前列腺癌、卵巢癌、肝癌、食道癌、子宮頸癌、頭頸癌、非黑素瘤皮膚癌或神經膠母細胞瘤。在一些此等實施例中,方法進一步包含(c)自測試獲得結果,該測試測定來自該患者之第二癌細胞中在第二時間點時的let-7 非編碼RNA之表現,接著投與至少一個劑量之ODC抑制劑。在一些此等實施例中,方法進一步包含若觀測到let-7 非編碼RNA無增加或增加較少,則增加向患者投與的ODC抑制劑之量。在一些此等實施例中,方法進一步包含自測試獲得結果,該測試測定來自該患者之第二癌細胞中在第二時間點時HMGA2蛋白質或LIN28蛋白質之表現,接著投與至少一個劑量之ODC抑制劑。在一些此等實施例中,方法進一步包含若觀測到HMGA2蛋白質或LIN28蛋白質無下降或下降較少,則增加向患者投與的ODC抑制劑之量。在一些此等實施例中,方法進一步包含(i)自測試獲得結果,該測試測定ODC1 基因啟動子之至少一個對偶基因之位置+316處的患者基因型;及(ii)若結果指示ODC1 基因啟動子之至少一個對偶基因之位置+316處的患者基因型為G,則向患者投與本文所提供之組合物。在一些實施例中,方法包含診斷患者中癌症或癌前病狀,其包含獲得來自患者之樣品及(b)測定選自由樣品中let-7 非編碼RNA、LIN28蛋白質及HMGA2蛋白質組成之群的至少兩個標記物之表現水準,其中若相對於參照水準,樣品中let-7 非編碼RNA之表現水準下降或LIN28蛋白質或HMGA2蛋白質增加,則患者診斷為具有癌症或癌前病狀。在一些實施例中,本發明之固定劑量組合向具有低細胞或組織let-7 水準之患者投與。在其他態樣中,本發明組合物向具有高細胞或組織HMGA2水準之患者投與。在其他態樣中,本發明之組合物向具有高細胞或組織LIN28水準之患者投與。參看美國專利公開案US2015/0301060,其以引用之方式併入本文中。 在一些實施例中,提供用於預防性或治癒性治療患者中癌瘤的方法,其包含:(a)自測試獲得結果,該測試測定至少一個ODC1 對偶基因之位置+263處的患者基因型;及(b)若結果指示ODC1 基因之至少一個對偶基因之位置+263處的患者基因型為T,則向患者投與本文所提供之組合物。在一些此等實施例中,測試可測定患者中ODC1 基因之一個對偶基因之位置+263處的核苷酸鹼基。在一些實施例中,測試可測定患者中ODC1 基因之兩個對偶基因之位置+263處的核苷酸鹼基。在一些實施例中,結果可指示ODC1 基因之兩個對偶基因之位置+263處的患者基因型為TT。在一些實施例中,結果可指示ODC1 基因之兩個對偶基因之位置+263處的患者基因型為TG。在一些此等實施例中,方法可進一步包含自測試獲得結果,該測試測定至少一個ODC1 對偶基因之位置+316處的患者基因型,且若結果指示ODC1 基因之至少一個對偶基因之位置+316處的患者基因型為G,則僅向患者投與本文所提供之組合物。在另一態樣中,提供用於治療患者中結腸直腸癌風險因素的方法,其包含:(a)自測試獲得結果,該測試測定至少一個ODC1 對偶基因之位置+263處的患者基因型;及(b)若結果指示ODC1 基因之至少一個對偶基因之位置+263處的患者基因型為T,則向患者投與本文所提供之組合物,其中該方法防止患者中形成新的異常腺管病灶、新的腺瘤息肉或新的發育不良腺瘤。在另一態樣中,提供用於預防有其對應風險之患者中癌瘤發育或復發的方法,其包含:(a)自測試獲得結果,該測試測定至少一個ODC1 對偶基因之位置+263處的患者基因型;及(b)若結果指示ODC1 基因之至少一個對偶基因之位置+263處的患者基因型為T,則向患者投與本文所提供之組合物。參看PCT專利公開案WO2015/195120,其以引用之方式併入本文中。 在任一以上實施例之變化形式中,癌瘤可為結腸直腸癌、神經母細胞瘤、乳癌、胰臟癌、腦癌、肺癌、胃癌、血液癌、皮膚癌、睪丸癌、前列腺癌、卵巢癌、肝癌、食道癌、子宮頸癌、頭頸癌、非黑素瘤皮膚癌或神經膠母細胞瘤。在一些實施例中,癌瘤可為結腸直腸癌。在一些實施例中,結腸直腸癌可為I期。在一些實施例中,結腸直腸癌症可為II期。在一些實施例中,結腸直腸癌可為III期。在一些實施例中,結腸直腸癌可為IV期。在任一以上實施例之變化形式中,方法可預防患者內形成新的晚期結腸直腸贅瘤。在一些實施例中,方法可預防形成新的右側晚期結腸直腸贅瘤。在一些實施例中,方法可預防形成新的左側晚期結腸直腸贅瘤。 在任一以上實施例之變化形式中,患者可鑑別為在結腸、直腸或闌尾中具有一或多個腺瘤息肉。在一些實施例中,患者可鑑別為具有一或多個晚期結腸直腸贅瘤。在一些實施例中,患者可鑑別為具有一或多個左側晚期結腸直腸贅瘤。在一些實施例中,患者可鑑別為具有一或多個右側晚期結腸直腸贅瘤。在一些實施例中,患者可診斷患有家族性腺瘤性息肉病。在一些實施例中,患者可診斷患有林赤症候群(Lynch syndrome)。在一些實施例中,患者可診斷患有家族性結腸直腸癌類型X。在一些實施例中,患者可滿足阿姆斯特丹準則(Amsterdam Criteria)或阿姆斯特丹準則II。在一些實施例中,患者可具有切除一或多個結腸直腸腺瘤之病史。在一些實施例中,患者可具有上皮內瘤形成或癌前病變相關ODC機能亢進。在一些實施例中,患者可具有上皮內瘤形成或癌前病變及升高的細胞聚胺水準。 在任一以上實施例之變化形式中,患者為人類。VII. 定義 如本說明書中所用,「一(a/an)」可意謂一或多個。如本文申請專利範圍中所用,當與詞語「包含」結合使用時,詞語「一(a/an)」可意謂一個或多於一個。 在本申請案通篇,術語「約」用於指示值包括裝置、用以測定該值之方法之誤差的固有變化或研究個體當中存在的變化。 如本文所使用,術語「生物可用性」表示藥物或其他物質在投與之後對目標組織可用的程度。在本上下文中,術語「適合的生物可用性」欲意謂投與根據本發明之組合物將導致與在投與普通錠劑中活性物質之後所獲得的生物可用性相比,生物可用性得以改良;或與在投與含有以相同量之相同活性物質的市售產品之後所獲得的生物可用性相比,生物可用性至少相同或得以改良。特定言之,需要獲得更快速且更大及/或更加澈底的捕捉活性化合物,且由此提供投與劑量減少或每天投與次數減少。 術語「組合物」、「醫藥組合物」、「調配物」及「製劑」在本文中同義及互換地使用。 術語「包含」、「具有」及「包括」為開放式連系動詞。此等動詞中之一或多者之任何形式或時態,諸如「包含(comprises)」、「包含(comprising)」、「具有(has)」、「具有(having)」、「包括(includes)」及「包括(including)」亦為開放式的。舉例而言,「包含」、「具有」或「包括」一或多個步驟之任何方法不限於僅擁有彼等一或多個步驟且亦涵蓋其他未列舉步驟。 術語「其衍生物」係指任何化學改性多醣,其中單體醣單元中之至少一者藉由取代原子或分子基團或鍵而改性。在一個實施例中,其衍生物為其鹽。鹽為例如與適合無機酸(諸如氫鹵酸、硫酸或磷酸)之鹽,例如氫氯酸鹽、氫溴酸鹽、硫酸鹽、硫酸氫鹽或磷酸氫鹽;與以下適合羧酸之鹽,諸如視情況羥基化之低級烷酸,例如乙酸、乙醇酸、丙酸、乳酸或特戊酸,視情況羥基化及/或側氧基經取代之低級烷二羧酸,例如草酸、丁二酸、反丁烯二酸、順丁烯二酸、酒石酸、檸檬酸、丙酮酸、蘋果酸、抗壞血酸,以及與以下芳族、雜芳族或芳脂族羧酸之鹽,諸如苯甲酸、菸鹼酸或杏仁酸;及與適合脂族或芳族磺酸或N取代之胺磺酸之鹽,例如甲磺酸鹽、苯磺酸鹽、對甲苯磺酸鹽或N- 環己基胺磺酸鹽(賽克拉美(cyclamate))。 如本文所用術語「崩解」係指醫藥口服固定劑量組合通常藉助於流體散落成各別粒子且經分散的過程。當固體口服劑型處於以下狀態,其中除了測試設備篩網上殘留的不可溶包衣或膠囊外殼碎片(若存在)以外的任何固體口服劑型殘餘物根據USP<701>均為無可感覺硬心的軟塊時,則達到崩解。用於測定崩解特性之流體為水,諸如自來水或去離子水。崩解時間利用熟習此項技術者已知的標準方法量測,參看藥典USP <701>及EP 2.9.1及JP中所闡述的協調程序。 如本文所用術語「溶解」係指固體物質,此處為活性成分在介質中呈分子形式分散的方法。本發明之醫藥口服固定劑量組合之活性成分之溶解速率由在液體/固體界面、溫度及溶劑組合物之標準化條件下原料藥每單位時間進入溶液中的量定義。溶解速率利用熟習此項技術者已知的標準方法量測,參看藥典USP <711>及EP 2.9.3及JP中所闡述的協調程序。出於本發明之目的,用於量測個別活性成分之溶解的測試按照藥典USP <711>在如本文針對不同實施例所闡述之pH下進行。特定言之,測試使用以75 rpm(旋轉/分鐘)之槳葉攪拌元件進行。溶解介質較佳為緩衝液,通常為磷酸鹽緩衝液(例如在pH 7.2下)。緩衝液之莫耳濃度較佳為0.1 M。 「活性成分」(Al)(亦稱為活性化合物、活性物質、活性劑、醫藥劑、藥劑、生物學活性分子或治療性化合物)為生物學活性藥物或殺蟲劑中的成分。類似術語活性醫藥成分(API)及散裝活性亦用於藥品,且術語活性物質可用於殺蟲劑調配物。 「藥物(pharmaceutical drug)」(亦稱為醫藥、醫藥製劑、醫藥組合物、醫藥調配物、醫藥產品、藥品(medicinal product)、藥品(medicine)、藥物(medication)、藥劑或簡單地藥物(drug))為用於診斷、治癒、治療或預防疾病之藥物。活性成分(Al)(如上文所定義)為生物學活性藥物或殺蟲劑中的成分。類似術語活性醫藥成分(API)及散裝活性亦用於藥品,且術語活性物質可用於殺蟲劑調配物。某些藥劑及殺蟲劑產品可含有超過一種活性成分。相比於活性成分,惰性成分通常在醫藥情境中稱作賦形劑。 如在本說明書及/或申請專利範圍中所使用,術語「有效」意謂足以實現所要的、期待的或預期的結果。當用於用化合物治療患者或個體之上下文中時,「有效量」、「治療有效量」或「醫藥學上有效量」意謂當向個體或患者投與以治療或預防疾病時,足以影響疾病之此類治療或預防的化合物量。 「預防(Prevention/preventing)」包括:(1)抑制個體或患者中之疾病發作,該個體或患者可有風險及/或易患該疾病但又尚未經歷或顯示該疾病之任何或所有病理學或症候學,及/或(2)減緩個體或患者中之疾病的病理學或症候學發作,該個體或患者可有風險及/或易患該疾病但又尚未經歷或顯示該疾病之任何或所有病理學或症候學。 「治療(Treatment/treating)」包括(1)抑制經歷或顯示疾病之病理學或症候學之個體或患者中的疾病(例如遏制病理學及/或症候學進一步發育),(2)改善經歷或顯示疾病之病理學或症候學之個體或患者中的疾病(例如逆轉病理學及/或症候學)及/或(3)使得經歷或顯示疾病之病理學或症候學之個體或患者中的疾病出現任何可量測的減弱。 「前藥」意謂活體內以代謝方式可轉化成根據本發明之抑制劑的化合物。前藥本身可亦具有或可不具有相對於所給與目標蛋白之活性。舉例而言,包含羥基之化合物可作為藉由活體內水解轉化成羥基化合物的酯來投與。可在活體內轉化成羥基化合物的適合酯包括乙酸酯、檸檬酸酯、乳酸酯、磷酸酯、酒石酸酯、丙二酸酯、草酸酯、水楊酸酯、丙酸酯、丁二酸酯、反丁烯二酸酯、順丁烯二酸酯、亞甲基-雙-β-羥基萘甲酸酯、龍膽酸酯(gentisate)、羥乙基磺酸酯、二對甲苯甲醯基酒石酸酯、甲磺酸酯、乙烷磺酸酯、苯磺酸酯、對甲苯磺酸酯、環己基胺磺酸酯、奎尼酸酯(quinate)、胺基酸之酯及其類似酯。類似地,包含胺基之化合物可作為藉由活體內水解轉化成胺化合物的醯胺投與。 「賦形劑」為與藥物之活性成分、醫藥組合物、調配物或藥物遞送系統一起調配的醫藥學上可接受之物質。可使用賦形劑例如以使組合物穩定、使組合物膨脹(因此當用於此目的時常常稱為「膨化劑」、「填充劑」或「稀釋劑」)或使最終劑型中之活性成分療效增強,諸如促進藥物吸收、減小黏度或增強溶解度。賦形劑包括抗黏劑、黏合劑、包衣、顏色、崩解劑、調味劑、助滑劑、潤滑劑、防腐劑、吸附劑、甜味劑及媒劑之醫藥學上可接受版本。充當傳達活性成分之介質的主要賦形劑通常稱作媒劑。賦形劑亦可用於製造方法中例如除了輔助活體外穩定性,諸如預防超過預期存放期後變性或凝集以外,亦可諸如藉由促進粉末流動性或非黏附性而輔助活性物質操作。賦形劑之適合性將通常取決於投藥途徑、劑型、活性成分以及其他因素而變化。 術語「水合物」當用作對化合物之修飾語時意謂化合物具有小於一個(例如半水合物)、一個(例如單水合物)或大於一個(例如二水合物)與各化合物分子相關之諸如呈化合物之固體形式的水分子。 術語「二氟甲基鳥氨酸」當本身供使用時係指2,5-二胺-2-(二氟甲基)戊酸為其形式中之任一者,包括非鹽及鹽形式(例如二氟甲基鳥氨酸HCl)、非鹽及鹽形式之無水及水合物形式(例如二氟甲基鳥氨酸鹽酸鹽單水合物)、非鹽及鹽形式之溶劑合物、其對映異構體(RS 形式,其亦可鑑別為dl 形式)及此等對映異構體之混合物(例如外消旋混合物或對映異構體中之一者相對於另一者增濃之混合物)。二氟甲基鳥氨酸之特定形式包括二氟甲基鳥氨酸鹽酸鹽單水合物(亦即CAS ID: 96020-91-6;MW: 236.65)、二氟甲基鳥氨酸鹽酸鹽(亦即CAS ID: 68278-23-9;MW: 218.63)及游離二氟甲基鳥氨酸(亦即CAS ID: 70052-12-9;MW: 182.17)。若必需,已進一步指定二氟甲基鳥氨酸之形式。在一些實施例中,本發明之二氟甲基鳥氨酸為二氟甲基鳥氨酸鹽酸鹽單水合物(亦即CAS ID: 96020-91-6)。術語「二氟甲基鳥氨酸」及「DFMO」在本文中可互換地使用。二氟甲基鳥氨酸及DFMO之其他同義語包括:α-二氟甲基鳥氨酸、2-(二氟甲基)-DL-鳥氨酸、2-(二氟甲基)鳥氨酸、DL-α-二氟甲基鳥氨酸、N- 二氟甲基鳥氨酸、奧尼迪(ornidyl)、αδ-二胺-α-(二氟甲基)戊酸及2,5-二胺-2(二氟)戊酸。 如本文所用,關於指定組分「基本上游離」在本文中用於意謂指定組分中無一者有目的地調配入組合物中及/或僅作為污染物或以痕量存在。由組合物之任何非預期污染產生的指定組分總量因此遠低於0.05%,較佳低於0.01%。最佳為用標準分析方法未偵測到指定組分之量的組合物。 術語「固定劑量組合」或「FDC」係指以單一劑量單元(例如錠劑或膠囊)形式呈現且因此投與之經界定劑量之兩種藥物或活性成分組合;進一步如本文所用,「游離劑量組合」係指同時投與但呈兩種不同劑量單元形式之兩種藥物或活性成分組合。 「粒化」係指將粉末粒子聚結成含有活性醫藥成分之較大顆粒的方法。「乾式粒化」係指包含不將液體添加至粉末起始材料、攪動且乾燥以得到固體劑型之步驟的任何方法。所得粒化藥品可進一步處理成各種最終劑型,例如膠囊、錠劑、粉片、凝膠、口含錠等。 儘管本發明支持指僅替代及「及/或」之定義,但除非明確指示為指僅替代或替代相互排斥,否則術語「或」在申請專利範圍中用於意謂「及/或」。如本文所用,「另一」可意謂至少第二個或更多個。 如本文所使用,術語「患者」或「個體」係指活的哺乳動物生物體,諸如人類、猴、母牛、綿羊、山羊、狗、貓、小鼠、大鼠、天竺鼠或其轉殖基因種類。在某些實施例中,患者或個體為靈長類。人類患者之非限制性實例為成年人、青少年、嬰兒及胎兒。 如本文一般所使用,「醫藥學上可接受」係指在合理的醫學判斷範疇內,適合與人類及動物之組織、器官及/或體液接觸而無過度毒性、刺激、過敏性反應或其他問題或併發症,與合理益處/風險比相稱的彼等化合物、材料、組合物及/或劑型。 「藥學上可接受之載劑」、「藥物載劑」或僅「載劑」為與涉及運載、遞送及/或傳輸化學劑之活性成分藥物一起調配的醫藥學上可接受之物質。藥物載劑可用於改良藥物之遞送及有效性,包括例如控制釋放技術以調整藥物生物可用性、減少藥物代謝及/或降低藥物毒性。某些藥物載劑可增加藥物遞送至特定目標位點之有效性。載劑之實例包括:脂質體、微粒(例如由聚(乳酸-共-乙醇酸)酸製成)、白蛋白微粒、合成聚合物、奈米纖維、奈米管、蛋白質-DNA複合物、蛋白質共軛物、紅血球、病毒顆粒及樹枝狀聚合物。 如本文所定義,術語「物理上分離」係指含有經調配使得彼此不在同一載劑中混合但分離之組分a)及b)的醫藥口服固定劑量組合。此分離有助於最小化兩種組分之間尤其在其釋放時的相互作用。通常物理分離意謂兩種組分a)及b)存在於不同區室,諸如層中,或呈調配物之不同實體形式呈現,諸如顆粒或細粒。兩種組分a)及b)不必要進一步由額外層或包衣分離,儘管此視情況可為合適的。在一個劑型中兩種組分a)及b)之此物理分離可藉由此項技術中已知的各種方式達到。在一個實施例中,此藉由將各別組分a)及b)調配入分離層,例如多層或雙層調配物中達到。本文描述此類調配技術之特定實例。 術語「黏附」係指顆粒黏附至包括在衝頭面上之字母、標識或設計內的壓錠機衝頭面。 術語「頂裂」係指來自錠劑主體之錠劑之頂蓋或頂部的裂口或裂縫。頂裂可由在壓縮期間推出空氣時遷移的不可壓縮精細粒子導致。 術語「易脆性」在本文中係指壓縮之後錠劑碎裂、破碎或斷裂的趨勢。其可由多個因素導致,包括不良的錠劑設計(過於銳利的邊緣)、低水分含量、不充足的黏合劑等。在一些態樣中,錠劑樣品之易脆性根據重量損失%給與(亦即表示為初始樣品重量之百分比的重量喪失)。一般而言,不超過1%之最大重量損失對於大部分錠劑而言視為可接受的。 如本文所用,術語「釋放」係指使醫藥口服固定劑量組合與流體接觸且該流體將藥物傳輸到劑型外而進入包圍該劑型之流體中的方法。患者中藉由給與劑型展現的遞送速率及遞送持續時間之組合可描述為其活體內釋放曲線。劑型之釋放曲線可展現釋放之不同速率及持續時間且可為連續的。連續釋放曲線包括一或多種活性成分以恆定或可變速率連續釋放的釋放曲線。當具有不同釋放曲線之兩種或更多種組分合併於一個劑型中時,兩種組分之所得個別釋放曲線與僅具有該等組分中之一者的劑型相比可相同或不同。因此,兩種組分可影響彼此的釋放曲線,由此導致各個別組分的釋放曲線不同。 二組分劑型可展現彼此相同或不同的兩種組分之釋放曲線。各組分具有不同釋放曲線之二組分劑型之釋放曲線可描述為「異步」。此類釋放曲線涵蓋(1)不同的連續釋放,其中較佳地組分b)以比組分a)更慢的速率釋放,及(2)曲線,其中組分a)及b)中之一者,較佳為組分b)連續釋放,且組分a)及b)中之另一者,較佳為組分a)經調節以伴隨時間延遲連續釋放。一種藥物之兩種釋放曲線組合亦為可能的(例如50%藥物連續釋放且50%相同藥物伴隨時間延遲連續釋放)。 立即釋放:出於本申請案之目的,立即釋放調配物為展示活性物質之釋放的調配物,其不藉由特定調配物設計或製造方法而經有意地調節。 調節釋放:出於本申請案之目的,調節釋放調配物為展示活性物質之釋放的調配物,其藉由特定調配物設計或製造方法而經有意地調節。此調節釋放可通常藉由延遲組分中之一者或兩者(較佳為組分a))之釋放時間獲得。通常出於本發明之目的,調節釋放係指釋放超過5 h,諸如釋放超過3 h或甚至更短。如本文所用,調節釋放意謂涵蓋兩種組分隨時間推移之不同的連續釋放,或延遲釋放,其中該等組分中之一者,較佳為組分a)僅在滯後時間之後釋放。此類調節釋放形式可藉由向原料藥或含有原料藥之核心施加釋放調節包衣,例如擴散包衣,或藉由形成包埋原料藥之釋放調節基質來製備。 術語「錠劑」係指呈任何形狀之小型基本上固體丸粒形式的藥理學組合物。錠劑形狀可為圓柱形、球形、長方形、囊狀或不規則的。術語「錠劑組合物」係指包括於錠劑中之物質。「錠劑組合物成分」或「錠劑成分」係指包括於錠劑組合物中的化合物或物質。此等可包括(但不限於)活性劑及任何賦形劑以及低熔點化合物及水溶性賦形劑。 以上定義替代以引用之方式併入本文中的參考中任一者中之任何有衝突的定義。然而,事實上界定某些術語不應視為表明未經界定之任何術語為不確定的。確切而言,所使用之所有術語咸信描述本發明使得一般熟習此項技術者可理解範疇且實踐本發明。 本文中所用之單位縮寫包括結果平均值(ar)、千克力(kp)、千牛頓(kN)、百分比重量/重量(%w/w)、磅每平方吋(psi)、相對濕度(RH)、色差δE (dE)及旋轉每分鐘(rpm)。VIII. 實例 包括以下實例以展示本發明之較佳實施例。熟習此項技術者應瞭解,以下實例中所揭示之技術代表本發明人發現在本發明實施中起良好作用之技術,且因此可視為構成其較佳實施方式。然而,根據本發明,熟習此項技術者應瞭解,在不背離本發明之精神及範疇的情況下可對所揭示之特定實施例作出許多改變且仍獲得相同或類似結果。實例 1- 研發二氟甲基鳥氨酸 HCl 舒林酸組合表 在包含二氟甲基鳥氨酸HCl及舒林酸之固定劑量組合(FDC)錠劑的研發方法中,測試數種調配物(表1)。測試之參數包括錠劑崩解時間、錠劑硬度及錠劑易脆性百分比。 調配物I藉由將1/3之矽化MCC (PROSOLV®)與二氟甲基鳥氨酸HCl在1夸脫v形摻合器中首次混合而製造成900 mg錠劑。隨後,舒林酸及1/3之矽化MCC (PROSOLV®)在聚乙烯(PE)袋中進行預混合且與膠態二氧化矽(CARBOSIL®)及預膠凝玉米澱粉(STARCH 1500®)一起添加至摻合器中。 PE袋用剩餘的1/3之矽化MCC (PROSOLV®)沖洗且添加至摻合器中。在添加手工篩檢之硬脂酸鎂之前,混合物以約25 rpm摻合10分鐘且隨後再次摻合3分鐘。發現此調配物有一些黏附在衝頭表面上且導致粗糙的錠劑表面。因此,對於調配物II,硬脂酸鎂自0.5%增加至1%且矽化MCC自38.57%減少至38.07%。 調配物II係藉由在PE袋中預混合CARBOSIL®、STARCH 1500®及舒林酸而製造成900 mg錠劑。隨後,½之PROSOLV®及二氟甲基鳥氨酸HCl與預混物一起添加至8夸脫v形摻合器中。剩餘的½之PROSOLV®用於沖洗PE袋且添加至摻合器中。混合物以約25 rpm摻合10分鐘。接著混合物自摻合器移出,且經由Comill 039R篩網除塊(delumped),接著返回至v形摻合器中再摻合10分鐘。隨後,經由30個網目(亦即590 µm)篩網手工篩檢之硬脂酸鎂藉由手動混合添加至v形摻合器中且以約25 rpm摻合混合物3分鐘。將混合物在Key Model BBTS 10工作台上壓縮成錠劑。測定所得錠劑具有約29-32秒之崩解時間、在4分鐘時0.077%易脆性及在8分鐘時0.17392%易脆性以及約28 kp之硬度(表1)。錠劑接著使用O'Hara Labcoat,12''盤經膜包覆2.913重量%的OPADRY® Yellow (Colorcon),產生927 mg錠劑。膜包覆錠劑具有約36.0-42.1 kp之硬度及1分27秒至1分53秒之崩解時間。 調配物III係藉由在PE袋中預混合CARBOSIL®、PROSOLV®之部分2及舒林酸而製造成650 mg錠劑。隨後,½之PROSOLV®部分1及二氟甲基鳥氨酸與預混物一起添加至8夸脫v形摻合器中。剩餘的½之PROSOLV®部分1用於沖洗PE袋且添加至v形摻合器中。混合物以約25 rpm摻合10分鐘。接著混合物自摻合器移出,且經由Comill 039R篩網除塊,接著返回至v形摻合器中再摻合10分鐘。隨後,經由30個網目(亦即590 µm)篩網手工篩檢之硬脂酸鎂藉由手動混合添加至v形摻合器中且以約25 rpm摻合混合物3分鐘。將混合物在Key Model BBTS 10工作台上壓縮成錠劑。測定所得錠劑具有約51-57秒之崩解時間、在4分鐘時0.2607%-0.3373%易脆性及在8分鐘時0.8988%-1.008%易脆性以及約13 kp之硬度。錠劑接著使用O'Hara Labcoat,12''盤經膜包覆2.913重量%的OPADRY® Yellow (Colorcon),產生669.5 mg錠劑。膜包覆錠劑具有約36.0-42.1 kp之硬度及1分27秒至1分53秒之崩解時間。此調配物之重量自900 mg降低至650 mg且STARCH 1500®替換為PROSOLV®以增加錠劑強度。然而,在易脆性測試期間以及在膜包覆過程期間觀測到頂裂。 調配物IV使用與調配物III相同的方法製造成700 mg錠劑。測定所得錠劑具有1分10秒至約1分34秒之崩解時間、在4分鐘時0.1424%-0.1567%易脆性及在8分鐘時0.3186%-0.5166%易脆性以及約20 kp硬度。錠劑接著使用O'Hara Labcoat,12''盤經膜包覆有2.913重量%的OPADRY® Yellow (Colorcon),產生721 mg錠劑。膜包覆錠劑具有1分43秒至2分7秒之崩解時間。在此調配物中,增加PROSOLV®之量且表格重量自650 mg增加至700 mg。儘管在易脆性測試期間未觀測到頂裂,但三個錠劑在膜包覆期間確實具有頂裂。 1 二氟甲基鳥氨酸 HCL 舒林酸固定劑量組合錠劑之調配物 I-IV 2 :二氟甲基鳥氨酸 HCL 舒林酸固定劑量組合錠劑之例示性調配物。 3 :例示性錠劑製造參數。 4 :用於實例 1 中所描述之調配物的材料。 實例 2- 研發調配物 IV 自實例1進一步測試調配物IV以測定參數可變化以預防頂裂及黏附。所測試之第一參數為壓縮力及以約5-15%之壓縮力添加預壓縮力(表5)。為了評價達到約20 kp硬度而用於調配物IV 700 mg錠劑之壓縮力及預壓力,進行數個試驗。在第一個試驗中,使用設備C製造調配物IV 700 mg錠劑之最終摻合物(表9)。製造方法涉及在PE袋中預混合CARBOSIL®、PROSOLV®之部分2及舒林酸。隨後,½之PROSOLV®部分1及二氟甲基鳥氨酸與預混物一起添加至10夸脫v形摻合器。剩餘的½之PROSOLV®部分1用於沖洗PE袋且添加至v形摻合器。混合物以約7 rpm摻合35分鐘。接著自摻合器移除混合物,且將其經由Frewitt TC150 1.0 mm篩網進行粉碎,接著返回至v形摻合器再次摻合35分鐘。隨後,硬脂酸鎂經由500 µm篩網進行手工篩檢,且添加至v形摻合器藉由以7 rpm手動混合10分鐘以獲得最終摻合物。壓縮步驟在裝備有五個17.5x8 mm雕刻及鍍鉻之衝頭的Courtoy Modul P製錠壓力機上進行。設定參數以便獲得在17.0 kp與22.5 kp之間的硬度。發現在無預壓力的情況下,觀測到頂裂。然而,使用預壓力增加硬度且避免頂裂(表10)。另外,由預壓力形成之錠劑更加抗磨損(亦即較低易脆性)。另外,用於實例1中之Key BBTS 10工作台製錠壓力機之16.5x8 mm衝頭似乎更加易於磨損。 5 :測試調配物 IV 壓縮參數。 NA:未施加 (*)在無預壓縮的情況下可達到的最大硬度 在第二個試驗中,改變衝頭表面以測定其對調配物IV錠劑之影響(表11)。在此試驗中使用設備B製造調配物IV 700 mg錠劑之最終摻合物。製造方法涉及在PE袋中預混合CARBOSIL®、PROSOLV®之部分2及舒林酸。隨後,½之PROSOLV®部分1及二氟甲基鳥氨酸與預混物一起添加至10夸脫v形摻合器。剩餘的½之PROSOLV®部分1用於沖洗PE袋且添加至v形摻合器。以每分鐘約30個循環摻合混合物8分30秒。接著自摻合器移除混合物,且將其經由CMA 1.0 mm篩網進行粉碎,接著返回至v形摻合器再次摻合8.5分鐘。隨後,經由500µm篩網手工篩檢硬脂酸鎂,且將其添加至v形摻合器藉由以每分鐘30個循環手動混合2分20秒以獲得最終摻合物。壓縮步驟在裝備有兩個17.5x8 mm雕刻及抗黏附鍍鉻之衝頭的Korsch XL100製錠壓力機上進行。預壓力設定為5-10%之約30 kN主壓縮力。亦測試數個不同衝頭表面,包括鉻、碳、鎢及鐵氟龍(Teflon)相對於不鏽鋼。在一些實施例中,鐵氟龍可用於減少黏附。 為了避免黏附,測試數個額外變量,且在壓縮剛開始時施加高約束。既不用1.1%硬脂酸鎂潤滑亦不將70次旋轉增加至140次旋轉的潤滑次數以防止黏附(表11及表12)。然而,將硬脂酸鎂之比率增加至1.5%確實預防黏附(表12)以及錠劑硬度稍微下降約20%,但在4分鐘之後易脆性小於0.1%仍極低。在用兩種類型之裝備有不同種類斷裂線(17×9 mm及16.5×7 mm)的衝頭時,可斷裂性結果順應所測試之衝頭。因此,將硬脂酸鎂增加至1.5%防止黏附且預壓縮防止調配物IV頂裂。 6 :試驗 1 試驗 2 調配物 IV 之批次重量。 7 :調配物 IV 硬脂酸鎂之變化量。 (*)在稀釋以增加硬脂酸鎂百分比之後所獲得的配方。API濃度因此稍微低於目標。 8 調配物 IV 之包衣。 9 :用於研發調配物 IV 設備。 10 :測試預壓縮力對調配物 IV 之影響的第一次試驗參數及結果。 11 測試衝頭表面對調配物 IV 之影響的第二次試驗參數及結果。 12 測試最終混合持續時間及硬脂酸鎂對調配物 IV 之影響的第二次試驗參數及結果。 (*)在10個錠劑上 13 測試壓縮參數對調配物 IV 之影響的試驗參數及結果。 (*)在30個錠劑上          (**)在10個錠劑上     NA:未施加 測試調配物IV組合錠劑、二氟甲基鳥氨酸單一錠劑及舒林酸單一錠劑之穩定性。對調配物IV錠劑之穩定性分析在6個月時使用卡爾費歇爾滴定法(Karl Fischer titration method)測定含水量進行(圖1)。圖1中,展示調配物IV之組合錠劑與二氟甲基鳥氨酸單一錠劑相比歷經六個月後具有更低的吸水量。水可影響藥物效能及藥物溶解;例如水可藉由水解增加藥物降解速率(Gerhardt,2009)。因此,在一些實施例中,本文提供之組合錠劑比單一活性劑錠劑中之一者或兩者更加穩定。 最終,亦測試調配物IV之溶解曲線。溶解研究在50 mM磷酸鈉緩衝液介質中以7.2 pH使用槳葉攪拌元件以75 rpm (USP <711>溶解設備II (槳葉))進行(圖2A至圖2B)。驗證方法關於溶解二氟甲基鳥氨酸及舒林酸之水準II。在活性醫藥成分二氟甲基鳥氨酸及舒林酸自身與溶解介質、磷酸鹽緩衝溶液或賦形劑之間未觀測到相互干擾。出人意料地,觀測到與單一藥劑錠劑相比,調配物IV之固定劑量組合具有重疊的活體外溶解曲線。實例 3- 藥物賦形劑及包衣相容性 進行關於二氟甲基鳥氨酸HCl/舒林酸組合錠劑之非cGMP藥物賦形劑相容性研究。使用一系列樣品評價外形、HPLC分析及XRPD特性。測試包括PVP、HPMC、乳糖、EXPLOTABTM 、Ac-Di-Sol®、PROSOLV®、STARCH 1500®及OPADRY® Yellow之賦形劑。用於賦形劑相容性製備的樣品除了二氟甲基鳥氨酸HCl:舒林酸製劑為5:1且二氟甲基鳥氨酸HCl:舒林酸:H2 O製劑為約6:1:0.3以外,均為API與賦形劑之1:1物理混合物。大部分樣品之總質量為約750 mg。製備涉及將組分稱重入20cc閃爍小瓶中,封閉且渦旋約30秒。樣品接著儲存於40℃/75% RH穩定性腔室中四週。鬆散地緊固小瓶上之蓋,且將小瓶儲存於腔室中避光。 外形觀測藉由視覺檢查用於HPLC分析而製備之小瓶進行。用含50%乙腈之緩衝液(50 mM磷酸鹽緩衝液pH 2.55)萃取賦形劑相容性樣品。僅含有舒林酸之樣品藉由稱重出樣品部分(約150 mg)且以預定體積進行萃取使得二氟甲基鳥氨酸及舒林酸之最終濃度分別為9.5 mg/mL及0.1 mg/mL來製備。相容性樣品之其餘部分藉由使用預定體積之萃取溶劑使得二氟甲基鳥氨酸及舒林酸之最終濃度與以上大約相同進行定量轉移製備。使用能夠偵測活性劑、二氟甲基鳥氨酸及舒林酸之方法分析賦形劑相容性樣品(圖4A)。該方法採用具有195 nm紫外線(UV)偵測之梯度逆相HPLC。 XRPD分析在具有布拉格-布倫塔諾組態(Bragg-Brentano configuration)之Bruker AXS D8 Advance系統上使用CuKα輻射進行。在室溫下使用以下參數分析樣品:40 kV;40 mA;1°發散度;及防散射狹縫;以連續模式進行量測方法,2 - 40°2Θ,0.05°梯度及1秒/步驟時間。使用九個位置自動取樣器配件中之旋轉、頂部填充鋼鐵樣品固持器分析3 mg與25 mg之間樣品。使用可追蹤的標準物校準系統。結果展示於圖4B至圖4C中。 具有PVP K30之二氟甲基鳥氨酸HCl在2週樣品中開始展示潮濕,且在4週後變成液體。具有PVPK30之舒林酸在2週後展示樣品黏附且在4週後繼續。 PVPK30賦形劑僅在2週樣品中開始展示濕氣且在4週後變成液體。觀測到二氟甲基鳥氨酸HCl樣品具有相同現象,但未觀測到舒林酸樣品具有相同現象。所測試之大部分樣品的HPLC分析結果歷經不同的時間點未展示獨特的趨勢(增加或減少)。儘管多個樣品具有異常較低的分析值,但分析水準歷經4週時段展示更多增加趨勢或保持相對恆定。觀測到舒林酸/二氟甲基鳥氨酸ProSolv SMCC90樣品在分析結果中具有最高變化。在4週時間點處之分析值比初始分析結果高10.0%。此變化可歸因於在不同時間點下方法(未驗證)及樣品一致性。儘管驗證方法之可接受的隨機分析誤差為2%,但此方法之變化性為未知的。除一些樣品以外,歷經不同時間點測試之樣品中之每一者的分析值在分析方法之正常可接受的2%隨機誤差內。在所測試之受應力條件下API、二氟甲基鳥氨酸及舒林酸不存在獨特的趨勢。此研究結果表明API (二氟甲基鳥氨酸HCl/舒林酸)均與潛在的賦形劑相容。 藥物賦形劑相容性研究藉由XRPD分析進行以測定針對二氟甲基鳥氨酸HCl/舒林酸組合產物之具有潛在調配物賦形劑的API之結晶度。 XRPD結果展示在40℃/75% RH下在四週之後API與賦形劑之間無相互作用。此指示API (二氟甲基鳥氨酸HCl/舒林酸)均與潛在賦形劑相容。 包衣試驗在錠劑上進行以測定在1個月及3個月時在25℃/60% RH或40℃/75% RH之水分含量下對穩定性的影響。包衣包括以3%或4%重量增加的OPADRY® Yellow (Colorcon,03B92557)、OPADRY® White (Colorcon Y-1-7000)、OPADRY® II White (Colorcon 85F18422)及OPADRY® Clear (Colorcon YS-3-7413)。採取顏色目測以評價在穩定錠劑與初始包衣錠劑之間的總體色差或DE。 使用Datacolor Spectraflash 600系列分光光度計測試錠劑顏色。使用Commission Internationale de l'Eclairage (CIE) L* a* b*系統分析資料。在L* a* b*系統中,顏色表示為三維空間中之座標。亮度及暗度繪製在L*軸上,其中L=100代表純白色且L=0表示純黑色。 a*及b*軸分別代表紅色/綠色及藍色/黃色之兩種互補顏色對。藉由以幾何形狀繪製顏色,在兩種顏色之間的差值(總體色差=E*)可藉由使用以下等式計算兩個點之間的距離來測定。 DE* = [(L*1 - L*2)2 + (a*1 - a*2)2 + (b*1 - b*2)2]1/2 使用Datacolor,分析在各種包衣調配物之各重量增加下的各錠劑。 DE值愈接近零,則所測試錠劑顏色愈接近顏色標準物(初始樣品)。白色包衣(通過QC測試)之Colorcon標準物光譜將為小於1.5之DE值。所有具有白色膜衣之穩定性樣品超過1.5 DE,且因此將不能通過Colorcon標準QC測試(表14)。透明包衣錠劑亦遠高於值1.5。 14 :處於穩定性之包衣錠劑之 DE 值。 最佳DE結果發現為包覆有黃色調配物之錠劑。 DE值遠低於1.5。 1或低於1之DE值(總體色差)視為人眼不可感知的。黃色包衣之Colorcon典型內部規格傾向於為2.5-3之DE值。因此,OPADRY® Yellow用於包覆組合錠劑。實例 4- 固定共調配二氟甲基鳥氨酸 / 舒林酸之生物等效性研究 進行預備試驗以比較在經口投與含有二氟甲基鳥氨酸/舒林酸之共調配錠劑之後,與在空腹條件下正常健康個體中單獨服用或共投與之含有二氟甲基鳥氨酸或舒林酸之個別錠劑相比,血漿中二氟甲基鳥氨酸、舒林酸舒林酸硫化物及舒林酸碸之藥物動力學參數。此研究之第二目標為測定與在正常健康個體中單獨服用或共投與個別調配物相比,二氟甲基鳥氨酸/舒林酸共調配錠劑之安全性及耐受性。 研究包含十二個個體,雄性或雌性,至少18歲但不大於60歲。主要包括準則為:輕度吸菸者、不吸菸者或前吸菸者;身體質量指數(BMI) ≥18.50 kg/m2 且<30.00 kg/m2 ;所進行之12導聯ECG (在ECG之前個體必須處於仰臥位置10分鐘,且在所有所請求血液抽取之前進行ECG)中未發現臨床上顯著異常;雌性個體懷孕測試陰性;及根據病史、全面身體檢查(包括生命體征)及實驗室測試(一般生物化學、血液學及驗尿)為健康的。 個體在包含以下之四個處理組中經處理: •  處理1:共調配二氟甲基鳥氨酸375 mg/舒林酸75 mg錠劑(2 x 375/75 mg錠劑)之單一750/150 mg劑量 •  處理2:二氟甲基鳥氨酸250 mg錠劑(3 x 250 mg錠劑)之單一750 mg劑量 •  處理3:單一150 mg劑量舒林酸150 mg錠劑(1 x 150 mg錠劑) •  處理4:同時投與舒林酸150 mg錠劑(1 x 150 mg錠劑)之單一150 mg劑量及二氟甲基鳥氨酸250 mg錠劑(3 x 250 mg錠劑)之單一750 mg劑量 指派各個體歷經28天時段接受4種不同的處理。指派處理之單一口服劑量在各研究時段中在空腹條件下投與。處理投與由7個曆日之清除期(wash-out)間隔開。各個體在80個時刻收集總計120個血液樣本。第一次血液樣本在藥物投與之前收集,同時其他血液樣本在藥物投與0.25、0.5、0.75、1、1.5、2、2.5、3、3.5、4、5、6、8、10、12、16、24、36及48小時之後收集。分析物藉由具有MS/MS偵測之HPLC量測。分析範圍為二氟甲基鳥氨酸35.0 ng/mL至35000.0 ng/mL、舒林酸30.0 ng/mL至15000.0 ng/mL以及舒林酸碸及舒林酸硫化物10.0 ng/mL至8000.0 ng/mL。經由評定不良事件(AE)、標準實驗室評價、生命體征及ECG評價安全性。藥物動力學參數之數學模型及統計方法 :主要吸收及分佈參數使用非室方法以對數線性末期假設計算。梯形規則用於評估曲線下面積。末期評估基於最大化確定係數。此試驗之藥物動力學參數為Cmax 、Tmax 、AUC0-T 、AUC0-∞ 、AUC0-T/∞ 、λZ 及Thalf 。統計分析基於藥物動力學參數之參數ANOVA模型;用於Cmax 、AUC0-T 及AUC0-∞ 之幾何方法比率之兩側90%信賴區間基於ln轉換資料;Tmax 經排序轉換。 ANOVA模型使用順序、時段及處理之固定因素;隨機因素為順序內嵌套之個體。 藥物動力學參數包括Cmax (最大觀測血漿濃度);Tmax (最大觀測血漿濃度之時間,若其在超過一個時間點出現,則Tmax 定義為具有此值之第一時間點);TLQC (最後觀測到之可定量血漿濃度之時間);AUC0-T (使用線性梯形方法自0至TLQC 計算之血漿濃度時間曲線下累計面積);AUC0-∞ (血漿濃度時間曲線趨近無限下面積,計算為AUC0-T + CLQC /λz,其中CLQC 為時間TLQC 下之估計濃度);AUC0-T/∞ (AUC0-T 相對於AUC0-∞ 之相對百分比);TLIN (對數線性消除期開始時的時間點);λz (明顯的消除速率常數,藉由對數濃度對時間曲線之末端線性部分之線性回歸估計);及Thalf (最終消除半衰期,計算為ln(2)/ λz)。 15 :二氟甲基鳥氨酸之藥物動力學參數 *中值(範圍) 16 :舒林酸之藥物動力學參數 *中值(範圍) **用於AUC0-∞ 、λZ 及Thalf 之n=7 ***用於AUC0-∞ 、λZ 及Thalf 之n=8用於生物等效性之準則 :二氟甲基鳥氨酸之統計推斷基於生物等效性方法,使用幾何LSmeans之比率,其中自針對ln轉換參數Cmax 、AUC0-T 及AUC0-∞ 之處理1相對於處理2、處理2相對於處理4及處理1相對於處理4之間的差值指數計算之對應90%信賴區間均與80.00%至125.00%範圍進行比較。舒林酸之統計推斷基於生物等效性方法,使用幾何LSmeans之比率,其中針對ln轉換參數Cmax 、AUC0-T 及AUC0-∞ 之處理1相對於處理3、處理3相對於處理4及處理1相對於處理4之間的差值指數計算之對應90%信賴區間均與80.00%至125.00%範圍進行比較。相同準則應用於舒林酸硫化物及舒林酸碸,且結果呈現為相當治療性結果之支持性證據。安全性結果 :總計12名個體進入研究,且所有個體接受研究下的4個處理。參與此研究的任何個體未報導嚴重不良事件(SAE)及死亡。無個體出於安全原因由研究者撤出。參與此研究的12名個體中4名(33%)個體報導總計4個處理引發不良事件(TEAE)。此等事件中,在投與處理1之後出現2個,在處理3投與之後出現1個且在處理4投與之後出現剩餘的一個。以處理2給藥之個體確實未報導任何TEAE。在研究期間所經歷之一半TEAE視為與藥物投與有關。 此研究中之TEAE具有低發生率;每處理組1名個體(8%)經歷TEAE。在處理4投與後報導口乾,在處理3投與後報導上呼吸道感染且在處理1投與後各報導血管穿刺位點擦傷及頭痛。 TEAE發生率對於用處理3及處理4 (8%)給藥之個體相同,且稍微低於用處理1 (17%)給藥之個體報導的TEAE發生率。報導藥物相關TEAE具有與用處理1及處理4 (8%)給藥之個體相同的發生率,然而用處理3給藥之個體未經歷藥物相關TEAE。在研究期間經歷之TEAE認為在強度上為輕度(3/4,75%)及中等(1/4,25%)。個體中無一者在研究期間經歷嚴重的TEAE。 所有異常臨床實驗室值或多或少地高於或低於其參考範圍,且無一者由研究者視為臨床上顯著的。另外,在此研究中個體之生命體征及ECG中無臨床上顯著異常。所有體檢判定為正常。總體而言,所測試藥物為總體上安全的且此研究中所包括個體對所測試藥物具有良好耐受性。在處理 1 與處理 2 之間的二氟甲基鳥氨酸比較 :藥物動力學結果展現二氟甲基鳥氨酸之Cmax 、AUC0-T 及AUC0-∞ 之幾何LSmean比率及對應90%信賴區間均包括在80.00%至125.00%範圍內。此比較結果指示當處理1及處理2在空腹條件下投與時,滿足生物等效性準則,且展現二氟甲基鳥氨酸生物可用性在含有二氟甲基鳥氨酸/舒林酸之共調配錠劑與僅含有二氟甲基鳥氨酸之錠劑之間相當。 17 :在處理 1 相對於處理 2 中二氟甲基鳥氨酸之統計分析概述 * Cmax 單位為ng/mL且AUC0-T 及AUC0-∞ 單位為ng·h/mL在處理 2 與處理 4 之間的二氟甲基鳥氨酸比較 :藥物動力學結果展現二氟甲基鳥氨酸之Cmax 、AUC0-T 及AUC0-∞ 之幾何LSmean比率及對應90%信賴區間均包括在80.00%至125.00%範圍內。此比較結果指示當處理2及處理4在空腹條件下投與時,滿足生物等效性準則,且展現共投與舒林酸與二氟甲基鳥氨酸之個別錠劑不影響單獨投與時之二氟甲基鳥氨酸的生物可用性。 18 :在處理 2 相對於處理 4 中二氟甲基鳥氨酸之統計分析概述 * Cmax 單位為ng/mL且AUC0-T 及AUC0-∞ 單位為ng·h/mL在處理 1 與處理 4 之間的二氟甲基鳥氨酸比較 :藥物動力學結果展現二氟甲基鳥氨酸之Cmax 、AUC0-T 及AUC0-∞ 之幾何LSmean比率及對應90%信賴區間均包括在80.00%至125.00%範圍內。此比較結果指示當處理1及處理4在空腹條件下投與時滿足生物等效性準則,且展現用於含有二氟甲基鳥氨酸/舒林酸之共調配錠劑與共投與含有各二氟甲基鳥氨酸或舒林酸之個別錠劑的二氟甲基鳥氨酸之生物可用性類似。 19 :在處理 1 相對於處理 4 中二氟甲基鳥氨酸之統計分析概述 * Cmax 單位為ng/mL且AUC0-T 及AUC0-∞ 單位為ng·h/mL在處理 1 與處理 3 之間的舒林酸比較 :藥物動力學結果展現舒林酸之Cmax 、AUC0-T 及AUC0-∞ 之幾何LSmean比率及對應90%信賴區間(90CI)並非均包括在80.00%至125.00%範圍內。Cmax 之90CI之下限低於80.00%限度。由於比率在所有PK參數之80.00%至125.00%範圍內,所以個體內變化性可說明Cmax 之下限超出BE範圍之情況。關於此比較所獲得之結果展現用於此預備試驗中之樣品大小不足以展現共調配錠劑及單獨舒林酸的舒林酸生物可用性之等效性。 20 :在處理 1 相對於處理 3 中舒林酸之統計分析概述 * Cmax 單位為ng/mL且AUC0-T 及AUC0-∞ 單位為ng·h/mL **對於AUC0-∞ ,n=7 基於該等資料,併入所有比較之間變化性的個體內改變,Cmax 為約24.6%,且AUC0-T 為約12%。統計上,鑒於幾何LSmeans之預期處理1與處理3比率感覺應在90%及110%內,估計滿足80.00%至125.00%生物等效性範圍(統計先驗功效為至少80%)之個體數目對於未來關鍵研究將為約54。包括60名個體應足以說明關於所估計個體內CV的漏失及變化的可能性。在處理 3 與處理 4 之間的舒林酸比較 :藥物動力學結果展現舒林酸之Cmax 、AUC0-T 及AUC0-∞ 之幾何LSmean比率及對應90%信賴區間均包括在80.00%至125.00%範圍內。此比較結果指示當處理3及處理4在空腹條件下投與時,滿足生物等效性準則,且展現共投與含有二氟甲基鳥氨酸或舒林酸之個別錠劑不影響單獨投與時的舒林酸生物可用性。 21 :在處理 3 相對於處理 4 中舒林酸之統計分析概述 * Cmax 單位為ng/mL且AUC0-T 及AUC0-∞ 單位為ng·h/mL  **對於AUC0-∞ ,n=7在處理 1 與處理 4 之間的舒林酸比較 :藥物動力學結果展現舒林酸之Cmax 、AUC0-T 及AUC0-∞ 之幾何LSmean比率及對應90%信賴區間(90CI)並非均包括在80.00%至125.00%範圍內。 Cmax 之90CI之下限低於80.00%限度。由於比率在所有PK參數之80.00%至125.00%範圍內,所以個體內變化性可說明Cmax 之下限超出BE範圍之情況。關於此比較所獲得之結果展現用於此預備試驗中之樣品大小不足以展現共調配錠劑及共投與含有二氟甲基鳥氨酸或舒林酸之個別錠劑的舒林酸生物可用性之生物等效性。 22 :在處理 1 相對於處理 4 中舒林酸之統計分析概述 * Cmax 單位為ng/mL且AUC0-T 及AUC0-∞ 單位為ng·h/mL  **對於AUC0-∞ ,n=8 基於該等資料,併入所有比較之間變化性的個體內改變,Cmax 為約24.6%,且AUC0-T 為約12%。統計上,鑒於幾何LSmeans之預期處理1與處理4比率感覺應在92.5%及107.5%內,估計滿足80.00%至125.00%生物等效性範圍(統計先驗功效為至少80%)之個體數目對於未來關鍵研究將為約36。包括40名個體應足以說明關於所估計個體內CV的漏失及變化的可能性。*  *  * 本文中所揭示及主張之所有組合物及/或方法均可根據本發明製備及執行,無需過多實驗。雖然已根據較佳實施例描述本發明之組合物及方法,但熟習此項技術者應清楚變化可在不背離本發明之概念、精神及範疇的情況下應用於本文所述之方法中及方法之步驟或步驟順序中。更特定言之,顯而易知在化學上及生理上相關之某些藥劑可取代本文所描述之藥劑,同時獲得相同或類似結果。對熟習此項技術者顯而易見的所有該等類似取代及修改視為在由隨附申請專利範圍所定義之本發明之精神、範疇及概念內。參考文獻 以下參考文獻特定地以引用的方式併入本文中,以致其對本文所闡述之彼等提供例示性程序或其他細節補充。 U.S. Patent 3,647,858 U.S. Patent 3,654,349 U.S. Patent 4,330,559 U.S. Patent 4,413,141 U.S. Patent 5,814,625 U.S. Patent 5,843,929 U.S. Patent 6,258,845 U.S. Patent 6,428,809 U.S. Patent 6,702,683 U.S. Patent 8,329,636 U.S. Patent 9,121,852 U.S. Patent Publication US2013/0217743 U.S. Patent Publication US2015/0301060 PCT Patent Publication WO2014/070767 PCT Patent Publication WO2015/195120 Albertset al. ,J. Cell. Biochem. Supp ., (22):18-23, 1995. AMA Drug Evaluations Annual, 1814-1815, 1994. Baileyet al. ,Cancer Prev Res (Phila) 3 , 35-47, 2010. Barryet al. ,J. Natl. Cancer Inst ., 98(20):1494-500, 2006. Bediet al., Cancer Res ., 55(9):1811-1816, 1995. Bellofernandezet al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 90:7804-8, 1993. Childset al. ,Cell. Molec. Life Sci ., 60:1394-1406, 2003. DuBoiset al., Cancer Res. , 56:733-737, 1996. Erdmanet al., Carcinogenesis , 20:1709-13, 1999. European Pharmacopoeia, Strasbourg: Council of Europe, 8th Ed., 2014. Fultz and Gerner,Mol. Carcinog ., 34:10-8, 2002. Gerhardt,Pharmaceutical Processes, 13(1), 2009. Gerneret al. ,Cancer Epidemoil. Biomarkers Prev ., 3:325-330, 1994. Gerner, E.W. & Meyskens, F.L., Jr.,Nat Rev Cancer 4 , 781-92, 2004. Giardielloet al. ,Cancer Res ., (57):199-201, 1997. Hanifet al. ,Biochemical Pharmacology , (52):237-245, 1996. Hubneret al., Clin. Cancer Res ., 14(8):2303-9, 2008. Ignatenkoet al. ,Cancer Biol. Ther ., 5(12):1658-64, 2006. Japanese Pharmacopoeia, Tokyp: Society of Japanese Pharmacopoeia, 16th Ed., 2011. Kingsnorthet al. ,Cancer Res., 43(9):4035-8, 1983. Ladenheimet al. ,Gastroenterology , 108:1083-1087, 1995. Lanzaet al. ,Arch. Intern. Med. , 155:1371-1377, 1995. Lee, Y.S. & Dutta, A.,Genes Dev 21, 1025-30, 2007. Lipkin,J. Cell Biochem. Suppl. , 28-29:144-7, 1997. Lippman,Nat. Clin. Pract. Oncol., 3(10):523, 2006. Loveet al., J. Natl. Cancer Inst ., 85:732-7, 1993. Luk and Baylin,N. Engl. J. Med ., 311(2):80-83, 1984. Lupulescu,Cancer Detect. Prev ., 20(6):634-637, 1996. Maejimaet al ,Chemical Pharmacology Bulletin , 45(3): 518-524, 1997. Martinezet al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 100:7859-64, 2003. McLarenet al. ,Cancer Prev. Res ., 1(7):514-21, 2008. Meyskenset al. ,Cancer Prev Res (Phila) 1 , 32-8, 2008. Meyskenset al. ,J. Natl. Cancer Inst ., 86(15):1122-1130, 1994. Meyskenset al., J. Natl. Cancer Inst ., 90(16):1212-8, 1998. Muscatet al., Cancer , 74:1847-1854, 1994. Narisawaet al. ,Cancer Res ., 41(5):1954-1957, 1981. Nigroet al., Cancer Lett., (35):183-8, 1987. Nowelset al., Cancer. Biochem. Biophys. ,(8):257-63, 1986. Pegg,Biochem ., 234(2):249-262, 1986. Physician's Desk Reference, Medical Economics Data, Montville, N.J., 1745-1747, 1999 Piazzaet al. ,Cancer Res ., (55):311 3116, 1995. Piazzaet al. ,Cancer Res ., (57):2452-2459, 1997a. Piazzaet al., Cancer Res ., (57):2909-2915, 1997b. Pollard and Luckert,Cancer Res ., 49:6471-6473, 1989. Psaty and Potter,N. Engl. J. Med., 355(9):950-2, 2006. Raoet al. ,Cancer Res ., (55):1464-1472, 1995. Reddyet al. ,Cancer Res ., (50):2562-2568, 1990. Reddyet al. ,Cancer Res. , 47:5340-5346, 1987. Simoneauet al. ,Cancer Epidemiol Biomarkers Prev 17 , 292-9, 2008. Simoneauet al., J. Natl. Cancer Inst ., 93:57-9, 2001. Singh and Reddy,Annals. NY Acad.  Sci. , (768):205-209, 1995. Singhet al. ,Carcinogenesis , (15):1317-1323, 1994. Strejanet al., Cell Immunol ., 84(1):171-184, 1984. Suet al. ,Science , (256):668-670, 1992. Temperoet al. ,Cancer Res ., 49(21):5793-7, 1989. Thomas and Thomas,J. Cell Mol. Med ., 7:113-26, 2003. Thompsonet al., Cancer Res, ( 45):1170-3, 1985. Thompsonet al., J. Natl. Cancer Inst ., (87):125-1260, 1995. United States Pharmacopeia and National Formulary (USP 39-NF 34). Rockville, MD; 2015. Vander Heiden, M.G.Nat Rev Drug Discov 10 , 671-84, 2011. Vane and Botting,Adv Exp Med Biol ., 433:131-8, 1997. Wallace,Eur. J. Clin. Invest ., 30:1-3, 2000. Wanget al. ,Clin Cancer Res 17 , 2570-80, 2011. Weekset al., Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. U.S.A., (79):6028-32, 1982. Zellet al., Cancer Prev. Res ., 2(3):209-12, 2009. Zhanget al. ,Genes Dev 26 , 461-73, 2012.The present application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/248,810, filed on Oct. 30, 2015, and U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/358,698, filed on The way is incorporated in this article. In several aspects, a composition is provided for a fixed dose combination (FDC) of difluoromethylornithine and sulindac. Methods of making the fixed dose combinations of the present invention are also provided that overcome the problems associated with current methods. Manufacturing methods have been designed to address the issues including drug-drug interactions, drug-excipient interactions, and blending uniformity of individual drug components. Thus, the fixed dose combination of the present invention can be used to minimize local and/or systemic side effects, provide more effective treatment, improve multiple administration, and provide better patient compliance.I. Familial adenomatous polyposis Excessive polyamine formation has been involved in the development of epithelial cancer, especially colorectal cancer. Polyamines are small, ubiquitous molecules involved in a variety of processes including, for example, transcription, RNA stabilization, and ion channel gating (Wallace, 2000). The first enzyme ornithine decarboxylase (ODC) in polyamine synthesis is critical for normal development and tissue repair in mammals but is downregulated in most adult tissues (Gerner and Meyskens, 2004). . Controlling multiple abnormalities in polyamine metabolism and delivery leads to increased levels of polyamines that promote tumorigenesis in several tissues (Thomas and Thomas, 2003). Familial adenomatous polyposis (FAP) is a syndrome associated with high risk of colon and other cancers. FAP is caused by colonic adenomatous polyposis (APC Mutation of tumor suppressor genes results in, and APC signaling displays ODC expression in mouse models that regulate human cells (Fultz and Gerner, 2002) and FAP (Erdman et al, 1999). Polyamine metabolism is up-regulated in the intestinal epithelial tissue of humans with FAP (Giardiello et al., 1997). Wild typeAPC Performance resulted in decreased ODC performance, while mutation of APC resulted in increased ODC performance. The APC-dependent regulatory mechanism of ODC involves E-box transcription factors, including transcriptional activatorsc-MYC Transcriptional repressorMAD1 (Fultz and Gerner, 2002; Martinez et al., 2003).c-MYC ODC transcription is regulated by other displays (Bellofernandez et al., 1993). Several genes involved in polyamine metabolism are essential genes for optimal growth in most organisms and are down-regulated in non-proliferating and/or adult cells and tissues (Gerner and Meyskens, 2004). As reviewed elsewhere, polyamines affect specific cell phenotypes by partially affecting the pattern of gene expression (Childs et al., 2003). Familial adenomatous polyposis (FAP), a hereditary polyposis syndrome, is the result of germline mutations in the colon adenomatous polyposis (APC) tumor suppressor gene (Su et al., 1992). This variable-performing autosomal dominant line is associated with the development of hundreds of colon adenomas, which develop adenocarcinoma at the age of forty, 20 years earlier than the average age of diagnosis of incidental colon cancer (Bussey, 1990). In previous studies of individuals with symptoms of FAP, polyamine spermidine and spermine and their diamines were detected in normal colorectal biopsy when compared to normal family member controls. The level of precursor putrescine increased (Giardiello et al., 1997). The activity of the first and rate-limiting enzyme ornithine decarboxylase (ODC) in mammalian polyamine synthesis is also elevated in normal colonic mucosal biopsy from the surface of FAP patients (Giardiello et al., 1997; Luk And Baylin, 1984). These findings have received attention as polyamines are necessary for optimal cell proliferation (Pegg, 1986). In addition, the use of the enzyme-activated irreversible inhibitor DFMO to suppress ODC activity inhibits colon cancer in carcinogen-treated rodents (Kingsnorth et al., 1983; Tempero et al., 1989). A total of mutants with FAPAPC /Apc Genotype Min (multiple intestinal neoplasia) mice serve as a suitable experimental animal model for human FAP patients (Lipkin, 1997). Min mice develop more than 100 gastrointestinal adenomas/adenocarcinomas throughout the gastrointestinal tract over a 120-day life span, resulting in GI bleeding, occlusion, and death. Combination therapy with DFMO and sulindac is shown to be effective in reducing adenomas in these mice. See U.S. Patent No. 6,258,845 and Gerner and Meyskens, 2004, which is incorporated herein by reference.II. Difluoromethylornithine The term "difluoromethylornithine", when used in its own right and without context, means 2,5-diamine-2-(difluoromethyl)pentanoic acid in any form, including non-salt and salt forms. (eg, difluoromethylornithine HCl), anhydrous and hydrated forms of the non-salt and salt forms (eg, difluoromethylornithine hydrochloride monohydrate), solvates of the non-salt and salt forms, Its enantiomer (R andS Form, which can also be identified asd andl Form) and mixtures of such enantiomers (for example racemic mixtures). By "substantially optically pure formulation" is meant a formulation containing about 5% by weight or less of the first enantiomer of the opposite enantiomer. Specific forms of difluoromethylornithine include difluoromethylornithine hydrochloride monohydrate (ie, CAS ID: 96020-91-6; MW: 236.65), difluoromethyl ornithine hydrochloride Salt (also known as CAS ID: 68278-23-9; MW: 218.63) and anhydrous free base difluoromethylornithine (also known as CAS ID: 70052-12-9; MW: 182.17). A specific form of difluoromethylornithine is further specified if necessary. In some embodiments, the difluoromethylornithine of the present invention is difluoromethylornithine hydrochloride monohydrate (ie, CAS ID: 96020-91-6). The terms "difluoromethylornithine" and "DFMO" are used interchangeably herein. DFMO is an abbreviation for difluoromethylornithine. Other synonymous terms of difluoromethylornithine and DFMO include: α-difluoromethylornithine, 2-(difluoromethyl)-DL-ornithine, 2-(difluoromethyl)-Dl -ornithine, 2-(difluoromethyl)ornithine, DL-α-difluoromethylornithine,N- Difluoromethylornithine, αδ-diamine-α-(difluoromethyl)pentanoic acid and 2,5-diamine-2-(difluoromethyl)pentanoic acid. Difluoromethylornithine is an irreversible inhibitor of enzyme activation of ornithine decarboxylase (ODC), the rate-limiting enzyme of the polyamine biosynthetic pathway. Due to this polyamine synthesis inhibition, the compounds are effective in preventing cancer formation, inhibiting cancer growth, and reducing tumor size in many organ systems. It also has synergistic effects with other anti-tumor agents. Difluoromethylornithine display reduces APC-dependent intestinal tumorigenesis in mice (Erdman et al., 1999). Oral administration of difluoromethylornithine to humans daily inhibits ODC enzyme activity and polyamine content in multiple epithelial tissues (Love et al, 1993; Gerner et al, 1994; Meyskens et al, 1994; Meyskens et al. , 1998; Simoneau et al., 2001; Simoneau et al., 2008). Difluoromethylornithine and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAID) sulindac have been reported to significantly reduce adenoma recurrence rates in individuals with colon adenomas when compared to placebo in randomized clinical trials (Meyskens) Et al., 2008). Difluoromethylornithine was initially synthesized by Centre de Recherche Merrell, Strasbourg. Currently approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) includes: ̇ African sleep disease. High-dose systemic IV dosage form, not for sale (Sanofi/WHO) ̇ hirsutism (excessive hair growth induced by male hormones) topical dosage form Although the FDA has not approved an oral formulation of difluoromethylornithine, it has been approved for topical and topical Injection form. Vaniqa® is a cream containing 15% w/w difluoromethylornithine hydrochloride monohydrate, corresponding to 11.5% w/w anhydrous difluoromethyl bird in the cream for topical administration, respectively. Amine (EU), 13.9% w/w anhydrous difluoromethylornithine hydrochloride (US). Ornidyl® is a solution of difluoromethylornithine HCl suitable for injection or infusion. It is supplied at a strength of 200 mg of difluoromethylornithine hydrochloride monohydrate per ml (20 g/100 mL). Difluoromethylornithine and its use in the treatment of benign prostatic hypertrophy are described in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,413,141 and 4,330,559. The '141 patent describes difluoromethylornithine as a potent inhibitor of ODC in vitro and in vivo. Administration of difluoromethylornithine has been reported to reduce the concentration of putrescine and spermidine in cells in which these polyamines are normally actively produced. In addition, difluoromethylornithine display can slow neoplastic cell proliferation when tested in standard tumor models. The '559 patent describes difluoromethylornithine and difluoromethylornithine derivatives for the treatment of benign prostatic hypertrophy. Benign prostatic hypertrophy, such as many disease states characterized by rapid cell proliferation, is accompanied by an abnormal increase in polyamine concentration. Difluoromethylornithine can be potentially administered continuously with a significant anti-tumor effect. This drug is 0.4 g/m per day2 The low dose is relatively non-toxic to humans, while producing inhibition of putrescine synthesis in tumors. Studies in a rat tumor model have shown that difluoromethylornithine infusion can produce a 90% reduction in the level of tumor putrescine without suppressing the number of peripheral platelets. Side effects observed with difluoromethylornithine include 4 g/m per day2 The effect of the high dose on the hearing disappears when the difluoromethylornithine is interrupted. 0.4 g/m per day when administered for up to one year2 These effects on hearing were not observed at lower doses (Meyskens et al., 1994). In addition, it was found that several vertigo/dizziness conditions disappeared when the drug was stopped. Thrombocytopenia uses a high "therapeutic" dose of difluoromethylornithine (>1.0 g/m per day)2 The study was mainly reported and first reported in cancer patients who had previously undergone chemotherapy or patients with bone marrow damage. Although the toxicity associated with difluoromethylornithine therapy is generally not as severe as other types of chemotherapy, it has been found to promote dose-related thrombocytopenia in limited clinical trials. In addition, studies in rats showed that continuous infusion of difluoromethylornithine for 12 days significantly reduced platelet count compared to controls. Other studies have obtained similar observations in which thrombocytopenia is the primary toxicity of continuous intravenous difluoromethylornithine therapy. These findings indicate that difluoromethylornithine significantly inhibits the ODC activity of bone marrow precursors of megakaryocytes. Difluoromethylornithine inhibits proliferative repair methods such as epithelial wound healing. Phase III clinical trials assessed recurrence of adenomatous polyps after 36 months of treatment with DFMO plus sulindac or a placebo. Temporary hearing loss is a known toxicity for treatment with DFMO, so a comprehensive approach to the analysis of continuous air conduction sonic patterns has been developed. The general estimation equation method evaluates the mean difference between changes in air conduction pure tone thresholds between treatment groups, while calculating intra-individual correlation due to repeated measurements at frequency. Baseline values, age, and frequency were adjusted based on 290 individuals compared with placebo-treated individuals (95% confidence interval, -0.64 to 1.63 dB; P=0.39), individuals treated with DFMO plus sulindac There was a mean difference of 0.50 dB between patients with DFMO plus sulindac and a mean margin of <2 dB compared with placebo-treated patients. The results of this study are discussed in more detail in McLaren et al., 2008, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.III. NSAID NSAID is a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agent. In addition to anti-inflammatory effects, it has been reported to have analgesic, antipyretic and platelet-inhibiting effects. It is used, for example, to treat chronic arthritic conditions and certain soft tissue disorders associated with pain and inflammation. It has been reported to act by blocking the synthesis of prostaglandins by inhibiting the conversion of arachidonic acid to a cyclic endoperoxide (prostaglandin precursor) cyclooxygenase. Inhibition of prostaglandin synthesis explains its analgesic, antipyretic and platelet-inhibiting effects; other mechanisms may contribute to its anti-inflammatory effects. Certain NSAIDs may also inhibit lipoxygenase or phospholipase C, or may modulate T cell function. See AMA Drug Evaluations Annual, 1814-5, 1994. Non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), including aspirin, ibuprofen, piroxicam (Reddy et al, 1990; Singh et al, 1994), indomethacin (Narisawa, 1981) and sulindac (Piazza, etc.) Human, 1997; Rao et al., 1995) effectively inhibited colon cancer development in a rat model of AOM treatment. NSAID also inhibits tumor development with activated Ki-ras (Singh and Reddy, 1995). NSAID appears to inhibit carcinogenesis via induction of apoptosis in tumor cells (Bedi et al, 1995; Lupulescu, 1996; Piazza et al, 1995; Piazza et al, 1997b). Several studies have shown that the chemopreventive properties of NSAIDs (including induction of apoptosis) are a function of their ability to inhibit prostaglandin synthesis (reviewed in DuBois et al., 1996; Lupulescu, 1996; Vane and Botting, 1997). However, studies indicate that NSAIDs can act via prostaglandin-dependent and independent mechanisms (Alberts et al, 1995; Piazza et al, 1997a; Thompson et al, 1995; Hanif, 1996). The sulindac, a metabolite of NSAID sulindac, lacks COX inhibitory activity and induces apoptosis in tumor cells (Piazza et al., 1995; Piazza et al., 1997b) and is found in several rodent models of carcinogenesis. Tumor development is inhibited (Thompson et al, 1995; Piazza et al, 1995, 1997a). The effects of several NSAIDs in human clinical trials have been tested. Complete Phase Ia test of ibuprofen (one month) and find prostaglandin E in flat mucosa even at a dose of 300 mg/day2 (PGE2 ) The level is significantly reduced. The dose of 300 mg ibuprofen is extremely low (therapeutic dose range is between 1200-3000 mg/day or greater) and toxicity is unlikely to be discovered even over the long term. However, in animal chemopreventive models, ibuprofen is not as effective as other NSAIDs.A. aspirin Aspirin, also known as acetyl salicylic acid, is a salicylate drug, often used as an analgesic to relieve a small amount of pain and pain, used as an antipyretic to reduce fever and used as an anti-inflammatory drug therapy. Aspirin was first isolated in 1897 by the German company Bayer's chemist Felix Hoffmann. The main metabolite of aspirin, salicylic acid, is an integral part of human and animal metabolism. Although many of humans are attributable to diets, a significant portion are endogenously synthesized. Today, aspirin is one of the most widely used agents in the world and is estimated to consume 40,000 tons per year. In countries where aspirin is a registered trademark owned by Bayer, the general term is acetaminosalicylic acid (ASA). Aspirin also has an anti-platelet effect by inhibiting thromboxane production, which normally binds platelet molecules together to create patches on damaged walls of blood vessels. Because platelet patches can become too large locally and downstream and also block blood flow, aspirin is also used at low doses for long periods of time to help prevent heart attacks, strokes, and blood clot formation in humans at high risk of blood clots. It also establishes that low doses of aspirin can be administered immediately after a heart attack to reduce the risk of a second heart attack or heart tissue death. Aspirin is effective in preventing certain types of cancer, especially colorectal cancer. Adverse effects of oral aspirin include gastrointestinal ulcers, gastric bleeding, and tinnitus, especially at higher doses. In children and adolescents, aspirin is no longer designated to control symptoms of influenza or symptoms of chickenpox or other viral diseases due to Reye's syndrome risk. Aspirin is part of a group of agents known as non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), but differs in mechanism of action from most other NSAIDs. Although aspirin and other drugs in its group called salicylates have similar effects (antipyretic, anti-inflammatory, analgesic) to other NSAIDs and inhibit the same enzyme cyclooxygenase, aspirin (but not for others) Salicylates are indeed irreversibly so, and unlike other drugs, affect the COX-1 variant of the enzyme rather than the COX-2 variant.B. Sulindac and its major metabolites , Sulindac and sulindac sulfide Sulindac is a non-steroidal, anti-inflammatory steroid derivative having the following chemical name: (Z)-5-fluoro-2-methyl-1-((4-(methylsulfinyl)phenyl)) -1H-indole-3-acetic acid (Physician's Desk Reference, 1999). Without being bound by theory, the fluorenylene moiety is converted in vivo by reversible reduction to a sulphide metabolite and by irreversible oxidation to a quinone metabolite (exisulind). See U.S. Patent No. 6,258,845, incorporated herein by reference. The sulindac, which inhibits Ki-ras activation, is also metabolized into two different molecules, which have different ability to inhibit COX, but are all capable of exerting a chemopreventive effect by inducing apoptosis. Sulindac is deficient in COX inhibitory activity and is most likely to promote induction of apoptosis in a manner unrelated to prostaglandin synthesis. Obtained indications indicate that the sulfide derivative is at least one of the biologically active compounds. Based on this, sulindac can be considered as a prodrug. Sulolinil® can be obtained in the form of, for example, 150 mg and 200 mg tablets. The most common dose for adults is 150 to 200 mg twice a day, with a maximum daily dose of 400 mg. After oral administration, about 90% of the drug is absorbed. The peak plasma level is reached in about 2 hours in fasting patients and 3 to 4 hours when administered with food. The average half-life of sulindac was 7.8 hours: the average half-life of sulfide metabolites was 16.4 hours. Formulations of sulindac are contemplated by U.S. Patent Nos. 3,647,858 and 3,654,349 each of which is incorporated herein in its entirety by reference. Sulfate is indicated for the acute and long-term relief of symptoms and symptoms of osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, acute gout and acute pain in the shoulder. Analgesic and anti-inflammatory effects exerted by sulindac (400 mg daily) with aspirin (4 g per day), ibuprofen (1200 mg per day), indometacin (125 mg per day) and benzene The effect achieved by butyl ketone (400 to 600 mg per day) is comparable. Side effects of sulindac include mild gastrointestinal effects in almost 20% of patients, abdominal pain and nausea as the most frequent discomfort. CNS side effects are found in up to 10% of patients, with sleep, headache and tension being the most frequently reported. Rash and scrapie occur in 5% of patients. Chronic treatment with sulindac can cause severe gastrointestinal toxicity such as bleeding, ulceration, and perforation. The potential use of sulindac for chemoprevention of cancer and especially colorectal polyps has been well studied. For example, U.S. Patent Nos. 5,814,625 and 5,843,929, the disclosures of each of which are incorporated herein by reference, are incorporated herein by reference. Although at least one study in incidental adenomas showed no such effect (Ladenheim et al., 1995), sulindac displays adenoma regression in familial adenomatous polyposis (FAP) patients (Muscat et al., 1994). . Sulindac and its anthraquinone metabolite, esculin, have been tested and continue to be clinically tested for the prevention and treatment of several cancer types.C. Piroxicam Piroxicam is a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agent that is well established in the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis and osteoarthritis with the following chemical names: 1,1-dioxy-4-hydroxy-2-methyl-N -2-pyridyl-2H -1,2-benzothiazide-3-carboxamide. It also shows its usefulness in the treatment of musculoskeletal disorders, dysmenorrhea and post-operative pain. Its longer half-life allows it to be administered once a day. If administered rectally, the drug is shown to be effective. Gastrointestinal discomfort is the most commonly reported side effect. Although piroxicam exhibits a side effect in the recent IIb trial, piroxicam is shown to be an effective chemopreventive agent in animal models (Pollard and Luckert, 1989; Reddy et al., 1987). A large comprehensive analysis of the side effects of NSAIDs also indicates that piroxicam has more side effects than other NSAIDs (Lanza et al., 1995). Although DFMO exerts a greater inhibitory effect on Ki-ras mutations and tumorigenesis than piroxicam when administered separately (Reddy et al., 1990), the combination of DFMO and piroxicam is in the colon. A synergistic chemopreventive effect was demonstrated in a rat model of AOM treatment of cancer (Reddy et al., 1990). In one study, administration of DFMO or piroxicam to AOM-treated rats reduced the number of tumors with Ki-ras mutations from 90% to 36% and 25%, respectively (Singh et al., 1994). The agent also reduces the amount of biochemically active p21 ras in existing tumors.D. Senecab (Celecoxib) Senecoxib is a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agent that is well established in the treatment of osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, acute pain, ankylosing spondylitis, and reduction in the number of colon and rectal polyps in patients with FAP. 4-[5-(4-Methylphenyl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)pyrazol-1-yl]benzenesulfonamide. Senecabu is sold by Pfizer under the brand names Celebrex, Celebra and Onsenal. Celecoxib is a selective COX-2 inhibitor. Side effects of seneoxib include a 30% increase in heart and vascular disease rates. In addition, the risk of gastrointestinal side effects is greater than 80%.E. NSAID Combination In some embodiments, a combination of various NSAIDs can also be used. By using lower doses of two or more NSAIDs, it is possible in some embodiments to reduce side effects or toxicity associated with higher doses of individual NSAIDs. For example, in some embodiments, sulindac can be used with celecoxib. Examples of NSAIDs that can be used in combination with each other include, but are not limited to, ibuprofen, naproxen, fenoprofen, ketoprofen, flurbiprofen , oxaprozin, indomethacin, sulindac, etodolac, diclofenac, piroxicam, meloxicam, teloxicam Tenoxicam, droxicam, lornoxicam, isoxicam, mefenamic, meclofenamic, flufen Flufenamic, tolfenamic, rofecoxib, rofecoxib, valdecoxib, parecoxib, lumiricoxib And etoricoxib.IV. Difluoromethylornithine / Sulindac combination therapy In some embodiments, the compositions provided herein can be used to reduce the number of cancer cells in a patient, inhibit cancer cell growth in a patient, and/or prevent cancer cells from developing in a patient. Target cancer cells include lung cancer, brain cancer, prostate cancer, kidney cancer, liver cancer, ovarian cancer, breast cancer, skin cancer, stomach cancer, esophageal cancer, head and neck cancer, testicular cancer, colon cancer, cervical cancer, lymphatic cancer, and blood cancer. . In some embodiments, the composition can be used to treat and/or prevent colon cancer, familial adenomatous polyposis (FAP), pancreatic cancer, and/or neuroblastoma. In some embodiments, the compositions provided herein can be used to treat a patient exhibiting pre-cancerous conditions, and thus prevent cancer onset. Target cells and tissues for such prophylactic treatment include polyps and other precancerous lesions, pre-malignant diseases, pre-neoplastic or other abnormal phenotypes indicative of possible progression to cancer status. For example, the compositions provided herein can be used to prevent adenomas with little additional toxicity. A total of mutants with FAPAPC/apc Genotype Min (multiple intestinal neoplasia) mice serve as a suitable experimental animal model for human FAP patients (Lipkin, 1997). Min mice develop more than 100 gastrointestinal adenomas/adenocarcinomas throughout the gastrointestinal tract over a 120-day life span, resulting in GI bleeding, occlusion, and death. Combination therapy with DFMO and sulindac is shown to be effective in reducing adenomas in these mice. See U.S. Patent No. 6,258,845, hereby incorporated herein entirely incorporated by reference.V. Fixed dose combination and route of administration In one aspect, the invention provides a composition comprising a pharmaceutically effective amount of a difluoromethylornithine and a pharmaceutically effective amount of a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug (NSAID) or a metabolite thereof in a fixed dose combination. In some embodiments, the fixed dose combination is a pharmaceutically effective amount of difluoromethylornithine and a pharmaceutically effective amount of sulindac. In some embodiments, the difluoromethylornithine is difluoromethylornithine hydrochloride monohydrate. In some embodiments, the difluoromethylornithine is a difluoromethylornithine hydrochloride monohydrate racemate. In some embodiments, the difluoromethylornithine hydrochloride monohydrate is a racemic mixture of its two enantiomers. In some embodiments, the difluoromethylornithine is present in an amount from about 10 mg to about 1000 mg. In some embodiments, the difluoromethylornithine is present in an amount from about 250 mg to about 500 mg. In some embodiments, the difluoromethylornithine is present in an amount from about 300 mg to about 450 mg. In some embodiments, the difluoromethylornithine is present in an amount from about 350 mg to about 400 mg. In some embodiments, the difluoromethylornithine is present in an amount from about 35% to about 60% by weight. In some embodiments, the difluoromethylornithine is present in an amount from about 40% to about 55% by weight. In some embodiments, the difluoromethylornithine is present in an amount from about 50% to about 55% by weight. In some embodiments, the difluoromethylornithine is present in an amount from about 52% to about 54% by weight. In some embodiments, the amount of the difluoromethylornithine hydrochloride monohydrate racemate is from 52% to 54% by weight. In some embodiments, the difluoromethylornithine is present in an amount of about 375 mg. In some embodiments, the amount of the difluoromethylornithine hydrochloride monohydrate racemate is 375 mg. In some embodiments, sulindac is present in an amount from about 10 mg to about 1500 mg. In some embodiments, sulindac is present in an amount from about 50 mg to about 100 mg. In some embodiments, sulindac is present in an amount from about 70 mg to about 80 mg. In some embodiments, sulindac is present in an amount of about 75 mg. In some embodiments, the amount of sulindac is 75 mg. In some embodiments, sulindac is present in an amount from about 5% by weight to about 20% by weight. In some embodiments, sulindac is present in an amount from about 8% by weight to about 15% by weight. In some embodiments, sulindac is present in an amount from about 10% to about 12% by weight. In some embodiments, the amount of sulindac is from 10% to 11% by weight. In some embodiments, difluoromethylornithine is present in an amount of about 375 mg and sulindac is present in an amount of about 75 mg. In some embodiments, the formulation further comprises an excipient. In some embodiments, the excipient is starch, colloidal ceria or deuterated microcrystalline cellulose. In some embodiments, the excipient is colloidal ceria. In some embodiments, the formulation further comprises a second excipient. In some embodiments, the second excipient is deuterated microcrystalline cellulose. In some embodiments, the formulation further comprises a lubricant. In some embodiments, the lubricant is magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, sodium stearate, glyceryl monostearate, aluminum stearate, polyethylene glycol, boric acid or sodium benzoate. In some embodiments, the lubricant is magnesium stearate. In some embodiments, magnesium stearate is present in an amount from about 0.25% to about 2% by weight. In some embodiments, the amount of magnesium stearate is from about 0.75% to about 2% by weight. In some embodiments, the amount of magnesium stearate is from about 1% to about 1.5% by weight. In some embodiments, the amount of magnesium stearate is about 1.1% by weight. In some embodiments, magnesium stearate is present in an amount of about 1.5% by weight. In some embodiments, the composition is in the form of a capsule, lozenge, micro-tablet, granule, pellet, solution, gel, cream, foam or patch. In some embodiments, the composition is in the form of a tablet, such as a single layer tablet. In some embodiments, the lozenge has a weight of from about 650 mg to about 1,000 mg. In some embodiments, the lozenge has a weight of from about 675 mg to about 725 mg. In some embodiments, the tablet has a weight of about 700 mg. In some embodiments, the lozenge further comprises a coating. In some embodiments, the coating is a modified release coating or an enteric coating. In some embodiments, the coating is a pH reactive coating. In some embodiments, the coating comprises cellulose acetate phthalate (CAP), cellulose acetate trimellitate (CAT), poly(vinyl acetate) phthalate (PVAP), phthalic acid Hydroxypropylmethylcellulose formate (HP), poly(methacrylate ethyl acrylate) (1:1) copolymer (MA-EA), poly(methacrylate methyl methacrylate) (1: 1) Copolymer (MA MMA), poly(methacrylate methyl methacrylate) (1:2) copolymer or succinic acid hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMCAS). In some embodiments, the coating masks the taste of difluoromethylornithine. In some embodiments, the coating comprises hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, titanium dioxide, polyethylene glycol, and iron oxide yellow. In some embodiments, the amount of coating is from about 1% to about 5% by weight. In some embodiments, the amount of coating is from about 2% to about 4% by weight. In some embodiments, the amount of coating is about 3% by weight. In some embodiments, the amount of coating is from about 5 mg to about 30 mg. In some embodiments, the amount of coating is from about 15 mg to about 25 mg. In some embodiments, the amount of coating is about 21 mg. In some embodiments, the lozenge comprising the coating has a weight of from about 675 mg to about 750 mg. In some embodiments, the lozenge comprising the coating has a weight of from about 700 mg to about 725 mg. In some embodiments, the weight of the tablet comprising the coating is about 721 mg. In one aspect, the invention provides a composition comprising a fixed dose combination of a pharmaceutically effective amount of difluoromethylornithine and a pharmaceutically effective amount of sulindac. In some embodiments, the composition is in the form of a capsule, lozenge, micro-tablet, granule, pellet, solution, gel, cream, foam or patch. In some embodiments, the composition is a solid and takes the form of a lozenge, such as a single layer tablet. In some embodiments, the tablet is coated with a film. In some aspects, the invention provides oral fixed dose combination formulations of difluoromethylornithine and NSAID. In some embodiments, a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically effective amount of difluoromethylornithine and a pharmaceutically effective amount of an NSAID is provided. In some embodiments, the NSAID is sulindac, aspirin, piroxicam or senecyclobut. In some preferred embodiments, the NSAID is sulindac. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions and formulations of the present invention are for use in the intestine, such as orally, and are also used in the rectal or parenteral, wherein the compositions comprise, alone or together with a pharmaceutical auxiliary (excipient) a pharmaceutically active compound. The pharmaceutical preparations for enteral or parenteral administration are, for example, in unit dosage form, such as coated lozenges, lozenges, capsules or suppositories, and ampoules. It is prepared in a manner known per se, for example using conventional mixing, granulating, coating, dissolving or lyophilizing processes. Thus, a pharmaceutical preparation for oral use can be prepared by combining the active compound with a solid excipient, if it is desired to granulate the mixture obtained, and if necessary or necessary, after the addition of a suitable auxiliary substance, the mixture or granule is processed into an ingot. The agent or coated tablet core is obtained. In a preferred embodiment, the mixture of active ingredient and excipient is formulated in the form of a tablet. Appropriate coatings can be applied to increase palatability or delay absorption. For example, the coating can be applied to a tablet to mask the unpleasant taste of the active compound (such as DFMO), or to maintain and/or delay release of the active molecule to a particular area in the gastrointestinal tract. The therapeutic compound can be administered orally, for example, with an inert diluent or an absorbable edible carrier. Therapeutic compounds and other ingredients may also be enclosed in a hard or soft shell gelatin capsule, compressed into a lozenge or directly incorporated into the individual's diet. For oral therapeutic administration, the therapeutic compound can be combined with excipients and used in the form of ingestible lozenges, buccal tablets, dragees, capsules, elixirs, suspensions, syrups or powders. In certain embodiments, the troches and/or capsules provided herein comprise the active ingredient and a powdery carrier such as lactose, starch, cellulose derivatives, magnesium stearate, and stearic acid. Similar diluents can be used to prepare compressed tablets. In other embodiments, tablets and capsules can be made for immediate or modified release. In some embodiments, the lozenges and/or capsules are manufactured as a sustained release product to provide a sustained release of the drug over a period of hours. In some embodiments, the compressed tablet is sugar coated and/or film coated to mask unpleasant taste and/or prevent the tablet from coming into contact with the atmosphere. In some embodiments, the tablet is coated with an enteric coating for selective disintegration in the gastrointestinal tract. In some embodiments, the tablet or capsule is capable of disintegrating or dissolving to release multiparticulates comprising particles of different amounts of the first component and the second component, such as multi-particles coated with a modified release coating. In some such embodiments, the troche or capsule may disintegrate or dissolve in the oral cavity, stomach, small intestine, terminal ileum, or colon. In some such embodiments, the tablet or capsule can release multiple particles having a modified release profile. In some embodiments, the invention provides a pharmaceutical oral fixed dose combination in the form of a multi-layer tablet. The multilayer tablet has at least two layers (two-layer tablet) or may have three, four, five or more layers. In some embodiments, each of the layers contains no more than one active pharmaceutical ingredient (API). For example, in some embodiments, the tablet has two layers, with one of the APIs being in each of the two layers. In some embodiments, in addition to the two layers, the tablet also contains other layers containing only the carrier, and which may function, for example, as a separate layer or an outer coating. In some embodiments, if more than two layers are present, the components may be present in more than one layer as long as they are not present together in the same layer. In certain embodiments, a single layer tablet is preferred, but all of the information detailed below applies equally to a multilayer tablet. In some embodiments, the fixed dose combination can be formulated to provide a population ranging from about 0.1 μM to about 1000 μM and preferably from about 1 μM to 100 μM and more preferably from about 1 μM to about 50 μM. The average steady state plasma concentration level of difluoromethylornithine and/or sulindac.A. Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients In some embodiments, the composition further comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. In some such embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable excipient may include a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, a pharmaceutically acceptable disintegrant, a pharmaceutically acceptable binder, and a pharmaceutically acceptable An acceptable stabilizer, a pharmaceutically acceptable lubricant, a pharmaceutically acceptable pigment or a pharmaceutically acceptable slip aid. In a fixed dose combination formulation of the invention, the active ingredient may be mixed in a weight ratio of from 1:0.25 to 1:20 with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. Diluents useful in the pharmaceutical formulations of the present invention include, but are not limited to, microcrystalline cellulose ("MCC"), deuterated MCC (eg, PROSOLVTM HD 90), microcellulose, lactose, starch, pregelatinized starch, Sugar, mannitol, sorbitol, glucose binder, dextrin, maltodextrin, dextrose, calcium carbonate, calcium sulfate, dibasic calcium phosphate dihydrate, tricalcium phosphate, magnesium carbonate, magnesium oxide and any mixture. Preferably, the diluent is deuterated MCC. The diluent is used in an amount of from about 5% by weight to about 95% by weight, based on the total weight of the formulation, and preferably in an amount of from about 25% by weight to about 40% by weight, such as from about 30% by weight to about 35% by weight. The amount used. In some aspects, the diluent can be a soluble diluent. When a diluent is used, its ratio to the active ingredient in each discrete layer is extremely important. The term "soluble diluent" means a diluent which is dissolved in water, lactose, Ludipress (BASF, lactose, crospovidone, and povidone) (93:3.5:3.5, a mixture of w/w (%)), mannitol and sorbitol. The disintegrant is used to promote swelling and disintegration of the tablet after exposure to the fluid in the oral and/or gastrointestinal tract. Examples of disintegrants suitable for use in the fixed dose combination formulations of the present invention include crospovidone, sodium starch glycolate, croscarmellose sodium, low substituted hydroxypropylcellulose, starch, alginic acid Or its sodium salt and mixtures thereof. Other disintegrants that can be used in the pharmaceutical formulations of the invention include, but are not limited to, methylcellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, calcium carboxymethylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose (eg, AC-DI-SOLTM) , PRIMELLOSETM), povidone, guar gum, magnesium aluminum silicate, colloidal cerium oxide (eg AEROSILTM, CARBOSILTM ), polacrilin potassium, starch, pregelatinized starch, sodium starch glycolate, (eg, EXPLOTABTM), sodium alginate, and any mixture thereof. Preferably, the disintegrant is colloidal ceria. The disintegrant can be used in an amount of from about 0.1% by weight to about 30% by weight, based on the total weight of the formulation, and is preferably used in an amount of from about 0.2% by weight to about 5% by weight. The compositions of the present invention may comprise a lubricant. Adhesion can occur when the particles themselves attach to the punch face of the tablet press. Lubricants are used to promote powder flow and reduce friction between the tablet punch face and the tablet punch and between the tablet surface and the mold wall. For example, lubricants include magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, zinc stearate, stearic acid, sodium stearyl fumarate, polyethylene glycol, sodium lauryl sulfate, magnesium lauryl sulfate. And sodium benzoate. Preferably, the lubricant is magnesium stearate. In the present invention, the lubricant preferably comprises from 0.25 wt% to 2 wt%, and preferably about 1.5 wt%, of the solid dosage form. In an exemplary formulation, the lubricant is magnesium stearate present in an amount of about 1.5% by weight to prevent adhesion. Binders can be used in the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention to aid in holding the tablets together after compression. Examples of binders suitable for use in the present invention are gum arabic, guar gum, alginic acid, carbomers (e.g., CarbopolTM products), dextrin, maltodextrin, methylcellulose, ethylcellulose. , hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose (eg KLUCELTM), hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (eg METHOCELTM), sodium carboxymethylcellulose, liquid glucose, magnesium aluminum citrate, polymethyl Acrylate, polyvinylpyrrolidone (eg, povidone K-90 D, KOLLIDONTM), copovidone (PLASDONETM), gelatin, starch, and any mixture thereof. Preferably, the binder is starch. In the present invention, the binder preferably comprises from about 1% to about 15% by weight of the solid dosage form. In other embodiments, the solid dosage form does not comprise a binder. In certain embodiments, the stabilizer useful in the fixed dose combination formulations of the present invention can be an antioxidant. The use of antioxidants promotes the stability of the active ingredient against adverse reactions with other pharmaceutically acceptable additives and against changes caused by heat or moisture over time. For example, the antioxidants are ascorbic acid and its esters, butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA), alpha-tocopherol, cysteine, citric acid, gallic acid Ester, sodium hydrogen sulfate, sodium metabisulfite, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), and any mixture thereof.B. Tablet manufacturing method Another aspect of the invention provides a method of making a tablet disclosed herein, comprising a tablet comprising difluoromethylornithine and sulindac. In some embodiments, the active agent is prepared by sieving at least one active agent and one or more excipients via a desired mesh size screen, and then using a fast mixer granulator, planetary mixer, mass Mixer, strip mixer, fluid bed processor or any other suitable device. Blends may be granulated in a low or high shear mixer, a fluidized bed granulator, and the like, such as by adding an alcohol or hydroalcoholic or aqueous solution or suspension with or without a binder Granulation is carried out by dry granulation. The granules can be dried using a tray dryer, a fluidized bed dryer, a rotary cone vacuum dryer, and the like. The granules can be sized using an oscillating granulator or comminuting mill or any other conventional equipment equipped with a suitable screen. Alternatively, the granules are prepared by extrusion and spheronization or rolling. Additionally, the manufacture of the granules containing the active agent can include mixing or rolling with a directly compressible excipient. In other embodiments of the invention, the small tablets (micro-tablets) can be made by compressing the granules using molds and punches of various sizes and shapes (as needed). Optionally, the coating may be applied to the tablet, if desired, using techniques known to those skilled in the art, such as spraying, dip coating, fluid bed coating, and the like. In certain embodiments of the invention, a suitable solvent system, such as an alcohol, hydroalcoholic, aqueous or organic solvent system, can be used to facilitate processing.1. Granulation Granulation is a process in which powder particles adhering to one another are made, thereby producing larger, multiparticulate entities or particles. In embodiments of the invention, the particles obtained by dry or wet techniques may be blended with one or more lubricants and/or anti-adhesives and subsequently filled into a single capsule or filled into different sizes. In the capsule, such that a smaller capsule can be filled into another larger capsule. In one embodiment, dry granulation by compression is used to prepare a solid dosage composition. In dry granulation, the powder blend is pressed by applying a common force to the powder, thereby resulting in a considerable size increase. In some aspects, the tablet is used in a dry granulation process in which a tablet press is used in the pressing process. In other aspects, the roller press is used for dry granulation including a feed system, a press unit, and a downsizing unit. In this method, the powder is pressed between two rolls by applying a force which is the most important parameter in the dry granulation process. The applied force is expressed in units of kN/cm, which is the force per width of the roll. Occasionally, the pressure is also indicated in Pakistan. However, this represents only the pressure in the hydraulic system and is not actually a suitable unit of measurement for the force applied to the powder. The powder will be pressed to a predefined strip thickness given the force given by the amount of powder delivered to the roll. In other embodiments, wet granulation is used to prepare a solid dosage composition. The wet granulated powder improves the fluidity and compression plasticity of the compressed mixture. In wet granulation, the granules are formed by adding a granulating liquid to a bed of powder, which is subjected to an impeller (in a high shear granulator), a screw (in a twin screw granulator) or air (in In fluidized bed granulators) effects. Agitation is generated in the system and the components within the wetting formulation cause the preliminary powder particles to aggregate to produce wet particles. The granulated liquid (fluid) contains a solvent which must be volatile so that it can be removed by drying and is non-toxic. Typical liquids include water, ethanol and isopropanol, either alone or in combination. The liquid solution may be an aqueous or solvent type. Aqueous solutions have the advantage of being safer than organic solvent treatments. Tablets can also be formed by tumbling melt granulation (TMG) substantially as described in Maejima et al., 1997, which is incorporated herein by reference. Rolling melt granulation can be used to prepare molten particles. It can be done in a tumble mixer. The molten low melting point compound is sprayed onto the crystalline sugar and powdered sugar in the blender and mixed until the particles form. In this case, the low melting component is a binder and the crystalline sugar is a seed. An alternative method is to combine an unmelted low melting component, a crystalline sugar (such as sucrose or maltose), and a water soluble component (such as mannitol or lactose) in a powder form in a tumble mixer, and mix while heating to a low melting point binder. The melting point or higher melting point. The seed crystal should be a crystalline or granular water soluble component (sugar) such as granular mannitol, crystalline maltose, crystalline sucrose or any other sugar. An example of a tumble mixer is a double shell blender (V-shaped blender) or any other shape of a tumble mixer. Heating can be achieved by circulating hot air through the granulator chamber and by heating the bottom surface of the chamber. When the seed material and the powder tablet component circulate in the heated chamber, the low melting point compound melts and adheres to the seed crystal. The unmelted powder material adheres to the seed crystal bond and melts the low melting point material. The spherical beads formed by this method are then cooled and sieved through a sieve to remove the unadhered powder. Spray coagulation or granulation can also be used to form the lozenge compositions of the present invention. Spray coagulation includes molten droplets of the atomized composition comprising a low melting point compound on the surface or preferably other tablet ingredients. Equipment that can be used for spray coagulation includes a spray dryer (such as a Nero spray dryer) and a fluidized bed coater/granulation with a top spray (eg, a Glatt fluid bed coater/granulator). In a preferred embodiment, a preferred water soluble excipient, more preferably the sugar is suspended in the molten low melting component and spray condensed to form fast dissolving granules. After the spray coagulation, the resulting composition was allowed to cool and coagulate. After the mixture is coagulated, it is screened or sieved and mixed with the remaining tablet ingredients. Spray coagulation methods which melt the instant granules comprising any combination of low melting point compounds and other tablet ingredients and spray condense onto other tablet ingredients are within the scope of the invention. It is also within the scope of the invention to combine all of the tablet ingredients comprising the low melting point compound, to melt the low melting point compound and to spray the mixture onto the surface.2. Blending In certain embodiments, the mixture is blended after granulation. Blending in solid dosage manufacturing achieves blending uniformity and dispenses lubricant. In some aspects, the blending step is designed to achieve homogeneity of all components prior to the final blend of the lubricant. However, blended powders are problematic due to particle size, moisture content, structure, bulk density, and flow characteristics. The key to a successful recipe is the order of addition. Typically the components and pharmaceutically acceptable additives are dispensed into a suitable container, such as a diffusion blender or a diffusion mixer. An example of a tumble mixer is a double shell blender (V-shaped blender) or any other shape of a tumble mixer.3. compression When a tablet composition is prepared, it can be formed into various shapes. In a preferred embodiment, the tablet composition is compressed into a shape. This method can comprise placing the tablet composition in a form and applying pressure to the composition such that the composition assumes a surface shape in the form of contact with the composition. Compressing into a tablet form can be accomplished by a tablet press. The tablet press includes a lower punch adapted to the bottom mold and a punch having a corresponding shape and size that enters the top mold cavity after the ingot material falls into the mold cavity. The tablet is formed by the pressure applied to the lower punch and the upper punch. Tablets of the present invention typically have a hardness of about 20 kP or less; preferably tablets have a hardness of about 15 kP or less. Typical compression pressures range from about 5 kN to about 40 kN and will vary based on the desired size and tablet hardness. In some aspects, the compression pressure is from about 25 kN to about 35 kN. In a particular aspect, the compression pressure is less than about 37 kN, such as less than about 30 kN, such as less than about 25 kN. Hydraulic presses (such as Carver Press) or rotary lozenge presses (such as Stokes Versa Press) are suitable means of compressing the lozenge compositions of the present invention. Exemplary compressive force parameters are shown in Table 3. In certain embodiments, the lubricating blend can be compressed using a suitable device, such as a rotating machine, to form an ingot, which is equipped with a grinder or fluid energy grinder or ball mill or colloid mill or roller mill equipped with a suitable screen. A machine or hammer mill and the like obtain a milled active ingot. A pre-compression step can be used to prevent the tablet from cracking. Top split refers to a crack or crack in the top or top of a tablet from the bulk of the tablet. The top crack can be caused by incompressible fine particles that migrate when air is pushed out during compression. For example, pre-compression can be about 5%, 10%, or 15% of the primary compressive force. In a preferred embodiment, the tablet is pre-compressed into a form at a pressure of no more than about 10 kN, preferably less than 5 kN. For example, less than 1 kN, 1.5 kN, 2 kN, 2.1 kN, 2.2 kN, 2.5 kN, 3 kN, 3.5 kN, 4 kN, 4.5 kN, 5 kN, 6 kN, 7 kN, 8 kN, 9 kN Or a 10 kN compression tablet is within the scope of the invention. In a particular aspect, the pre-compression force is from about 2.5 kN to about 3.5 kN. Exemplary pre-compression force parameters are shown in Table 3.4. Membrane coat The compositions or solid dosage forms according to the invention may also be coated with a film coating, an enteric coating, a conditioning release coating, a protective coating or an anti-adhesive coating. The compositions of the present invention may be coated with an enteric coating. By coating an enteric coating or coating is meant a pharmaceutically acceptable coating which prevents release of the active agent in the stomach and allows release in the upper part of the intestine. In other embodiments, an enteric coating is applied to delay release of the active agent to the terminal ileum or release to the colon. The enteric coating can be added as an overcoat when the release coating is adjusted. The enteric coating polymer can be used alone or in combination in the enteric coating formulation. The enteric coating can be designed as a single layer or as a multilayer coating embodiment. Preferred enteric coatings for use in the compositions of the present invention comprise a film former selected from the group consisting of cellulose acetate phthalate; cellulose acetate trimellitate; methacrylic acid copolymer, derived from methacrylic acid And a copolymer of the ester thereof, containing at least 40% methacrylic acid; hydroxypropylmethylcellulose phthalate; hydroxypropylmethylcellulose succinate or polyvinyl acetate phthalate. Examples of polymers suitable for enteric coating include, for example, cellulose acetate phthalate (CAP), cellulose acetate trimellitate (CAT), poly(vinyl acetate) phthalate (PVAP). , hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate (HP), poly(methacrylate ethyl acrylate) (1:1) copolymer (MA-EA), poly(methacrylate methyl methacrylate) (1:1) copolymer (MA MMA), poly(methacrylate methyl methacrylate) (1:2) copolymer, EUDRAGITTM L 30D (MA-EA, 1:1), EUDRAGITTM 100 55 (MA-EA, 3:1), succinic acid hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMCAS), SURETERIC (PVAP), AQUATERICTM (CAP), shellac or AQOATTM (HPMCAS). Targeted colonic delivery systems that can be used with the present invention are known and use materials such as: hydroxypropylcellulose; microcrystalline cellulose (MCE, AVICELTM from FMC Corp.); poly(ethylene-vinyl acetate) Ester) (60:40) copolymer (EVAC from Aldrich Chemical Co.); 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (HEMA); MMA; N,N'-bis(methacryloyloxyethyl) HEMA:MMA:MA terpolymer synthesized in the presence of oxycarbonylamino)-azobenzene; azo polymer; coated enteric coating timed release system (TIME CLOCK from Pharmaceutical Profiles, Ltd., UK) ®) and pectin calcium acetate and osmotic small pump systems (ALZA corp.). In some embodiments, the film coat comprises a polymer such as hydroxypropylcellulose (HPC), ethylcellulose (EC), hydroxypropylmethylcellulose (HMPC), hydroxyethylcellulose (HEC) , sodium carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC), poly(vinylpyrrolidone) (PVP), poly(ethylene glycol) (PEG), dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate-methacrylate copolymer or acrylic acid Ethyl-methyl methacrylate copolymer (EA-MMA). In some embodiments, the composition has a modified release coating. The modified release coating can be a pH reactive coating that will deliver the active agent (eg, to the colorectal tract when exposed to a particular pH). In some embodiments, the pH reactive coating is a pH reactive polymer that will dissolve when exposed to a pH greater than or equal to about 6; although the pH reactive polymer can dissolve at a pH greater than or equal to about 5 . The pH reactive polymer can be, for example, a polymeric compound such as EUDRAGITTM RS and EUDRAGITTM RL. The EUDRAGITTM product forms a latex dispersion of approximately 30D weight. Since EUDRAGITTM RS 30D is designed for slow release as a coating that is poorly permeable, it is designed for rapid release because EUDRAGITTM RS 30D is relatively well permeable as a coating. These two polymers are generally used in combination. As covered herein, the allowable ratio of EUDRAGITTM RS 30D/EUDRAGITTM RL 30D is from about 10:0 to about 8:2. Ethylcellulose or S100 or other equivalent polymers designed for intestinal or colorectal release can also be used in place of the above EUDRAGITTM RS/EUDRAGITTM RL combination. Optionally, the method comprises the step of film coating the tablet. The film coat can be completed in any suitable manner. Suitable film coats are known to us and are commercially available or can be made according to known methods. Typically the film coating material is a polymeric film coating material comprising materials such as polyethylene glycol, talc, and color former. Suitable coating materials are methyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, acrylic polymer, ethyl cellulose, cellulose acetate phthalate, polyvinyl acetate phthalic acid Ester, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate, polyvinyl alcohol, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, cellulose acetate, cellulose acetate phthalate, gelatin, methacrylic acid copolymer, polyethylene glycol, Shellac, sucrose, titanium dioxide, camauba wax, microcrystalline wax and zein. In some aspects, the film coat is hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, titanium dioxide, polyethylene glycol, and iron oxide yellow. For example, the film coat is OPADRY® Yellow (Colorcon). Typically, the film coating material is applied in this amount to provide a film coat of from 1% to 6% by weight of the coated film-coating agent, such as from 2% to 4% by weight, such as about 3% by weight. Plasticizers and other ingredients can be added to the coating material. The same or different active substances may also be added to the coating material. In some embodiments, the coating of the lozenge can improve palatability to mask unpleasant taste of active ingredients such as DFMO. For example, a lozenge coating composition can include a cellulosic polymer, a plasticizer, a sweetener, or a powdered flavor composition, the powdered flavor composition comprising a flavoring agent associated with a solid carrier.C. Investment schedule and plan In some embodiments, the agent can be administered in a conventional time course. As used herein, conventional time history refers to a predetermined specified time period. The regular time course may cover the same or different time periods as long as the time schedule is predetermined. For example, a routine schedule can involve two days of dosing, daily dosing, every two days, every three days, every four days, every five days, every six days. , weekly, monthly, or any set number of days or weeks. Alternatively, the predetermined regular schedule may involve two consecutive days of administration for the first week, followed by daily administration for several months, and the like. In other embodiments, the invention provides a dosage form that can be administered orally and that is dependent on or independent of food intake. Thus, for example, the medicament can be taken every morning and/or every night, regardless of whether the individual is eating or not.VI. Diagnosis and treatment of patients In some embodiments, the method of treatment may be supplemented with a diagnostic method to improve efficacy and/or minimize anti-cancer therapy toxicity, including administration of a composition provided herein. Such methods are described, for example, in U.S. Patent Nos. 8,329,636 and 9,121,852, U.S. Patent Publication Nos. US 2013/0217743, and U.S. Pat. In some embodiments, the compositions and formulations of the invention can be administered to an individual wherein the genotype at position +316 of at least one of the dual genes of the ODC1 gene promoter is G. In some embodiments, the genotype at position +316 of the two dual genes of the patient's ODC1 gene promoter can be GG. In some embodiments, the genotype at position +316 of the two dual genes of the patient's ODC1 gene promoter can be GA. Detected about the complete model of adenoma recurrenceODC1 Statistically significant interactions between genotypes and treatments resulted in adenoma recurrence patterns in placebo patients: GG 50%, GA 35%, AA 29% vs. difluoromethylornithine/sulindac patients: GG 11% , GA 14%, AA 57%. The adenoma inhibitory effect of difluoromethylornithine and sulindac has a major G-type junction compared to a previously reported reduction in the risk of recurrent adenoma in patients with CRA receiving aspirin with at least one A-pair gene.ODC1 The genotypes are larger among their patients (Martinez et al, 2003; Barry et al, 2006; Hubner et al, 2008). These results show a position +316 compared to patients with GG genotypeODC1 The A-pair gene vector differs in response to long-term exposure to difluoromethylornithine and sulindac, in which the A-pair gene vector has less beneficial effects on adenoma recurrence, and especially in AA homozygous zygotes, it is possible The risk of developing ototoxicity is elevated. In some embodiments, the invention provides a method for the prophylactic or curative treatment of colorectal cancer in a patient comprising: (a) obtaining a result from a test, the test determining at least oneODC1 Promoter gene dual gene position +316 patient genotype; and (b) if the result indicatesODC1 Where the patient's genotype at position +316 of at least one of the promoter genes is +G, then the composition provided herein is administered to the patient. In some embodiments, the invention provides a method for treating a risk factor for colorectal cancer in a patient, comprising: (a) obtaining a result from a test, the test determining at least oneODC1 Promoter gene dual gene position +316 patient genotype; and (b) if the result indicatesODC1 The patient genotype at position +316 of at least one of the promoter genes is G, and the composition provided herein is administered to the patient, wherein the methods prevent the formation of new abnormal duct lesions, new glands in the patient Tumor polyps or new dysplastic adenomas. See U.S. Patent No. 8,329,636, incorporated herein by reference. In some embodiments, the invention provides methods for the prophylactic or curative treatment of familial adenomatous polyposis (FAP) or neuroblastoma in a patient, comprising: (a) obtaining results from a test, the test determining at least oneODC1 Promoter gene dual gene position +316 patient genotype; and (b) if the result indicatesODC1 Where the patient's genotype at position +316 of at least one of the promoter genes is +G, then the composition provided herein is administered to the patient. In some embodiments, the invention provides a method for treating a risk factor for familial adenomatous polyposis or neuroblastoma in a patient, comprising: (a) obtaining a result from a test, the test determining at least oneODC1 Promoter gene dual gene position +316 patient genotype; and (b) if the result indicatesODC1 The patient genotype at position +316 of at least one of the promoter genes is G, and the composition provided herein is administered to the patient, wherein the methods prevent the formation of new abnormal duct lesions, new glands in the patient Tumor polyps or new dysplastic adenomas. See U.S. Patent No. 9,121,852, incorporated herein by reference. In some embodiments, the invention provides a method for treating a patient having a cancer comprising administering to the patient a composition provided herein, wherein the patient has been determined to have a low dietary polyamine intake and/or Organize polyamine levels and/or tissue polyamine flux. In some of these embodiments, the low dietary polyamine intake is 300 μM polyamine or less per day. In some such embodiments the cancer is colorectal cancer. See US Patent Publication No. US 2013/0217743, which is incorporated herein by reference. In some embodiments, the invention provides a method for the prophylactic or curative treatment of cancer in a patient, comprising: (a) obtaining a result from a test, the test determining the cancer cell from the patientLet-7 Performance levels of non-coding RNA, HMGA2 protein and/or LIN28 protein; and (b) if the results indicate patient cancer presentation and referenceLet-7 Non-coding RNA performance levelLet-7 The non-coding RNA exhibits a reduced level of expression, and the level of expression of the HMGA2 protein is increased compared to the level of performance of the reference HMGA2 protein and/or the level of expression of the LIN28 protein is increased compared to the performance level of the reference LIN28 protein, and the composition provided herein is administered to the patient. . In some such embodiments, the reference level is the level observed in a non-affected individual or the level observed in a non-cancer cell from a patient. In some such embodiments, "obtaining" includes providing a cancer sample from a patient and assessing the cancer cells from the sampleLet-7 The performance level of non-coding RNA, HMGA2 protein or LIN28 protein. In some of these embodiments, "AssessmentLet The performance level of -7 non-coding RNA includes quantitative PCR or Northern blotting. In some such embodiments, "evaluating the performance level of HMGA2 protein or LIN28 protein" comprises immunohistochemistry or ELISA. In some such embodiments, the sample is blood or tissue, such as tumor tissue. In some such embodiments, the patient is a human. In some such embodiments, the cancer is colorectal cancer, neuroblastoma, breast cancer, pancreatic cancer, brain cancer, lung cancer, stomach cancer, blood cancer, skin cancer, testicular cancer, prostate cancer, ovarian cancer, liver cancer, esophagus Cancer, cervical cancer, head and neck cancer, non-melanoma skin cancer or glioblastoma. In some such embodiments, the method further comprises (c) obtaining a result from the test, the test determining the second cancer cell from the patient at the second time pointLet-7 The performance of the non-coding RNA is followed by administration of at least one dose of the ODC inhibitor. In some such embodiments, the method further comprises observingLet-7 The increase in non-coding RNA is less or increases, increasing the amount of ODC inhibitor administered to the patient. In some such embodiments, the method further comprises obtaining a self-test that determines the performance of the HMGA2 protein or LIN28 protein at the second time point in the second cancer cell from the patient, followed by administration of at least one dose of ODC Inhibitor. In some such embodiments, the method further comprises increasing the amount of ODC inhibitor administered to the patient if no decrease or decrease in HMGA2 protein or LIN28 protein is observed. In some such embodiments, the method further comprises (i) obtaining a result from the test, the test determiningODC1 a patient promoter genotype at position +316 of at least one dual gene of the gene promoter; and (ii) if the result is indicativeODC1 Where the patient's genotype at position +316 of at least one of the gene promoters is G, then the composition provided herein is administered to the patient. In some embodiments, the method comprises diagnosing a cancer or precancerous condition in the patient, comprising obtaining a sample from the patient and (b) determining from the sampleLet-7 Performance level of at least two markers of a population consisting of non-coding RNA, LIN28 protein, and HMGA2 protein, wherein the sample is in the sample relative to the reference levelLet-7 If the performance level of non-coding RNA is decreased or the LIN28 protein or HMGA2 protein is increased, the patient is diagnosed as having cancer or precancerous conditions. In some embodiments, the fixed dose combination of the invention is directed to having a low cell or tissueLet-7 The standard patient is administered. In other aspects, the compositions of the invention are administered to a patient having a high cell or tissue HMGA2 level. In other aspects, the compositions of the invention are administered to a patient having a high cell or tissue LIN28 level. See US Patent Publication No. US2015/0301060, which is incorporated herein by reference. In some embodiments, a method for the prophylactic or curative treatment of a cancer in a patient is provided, comprising: (a) obtaining a result from a test, the test determining at least oneODC1 The location of the dual gene +263 patient genotype; and (b) if the result indicatesODC1 The patient's genotype at position +263 of at least one of the dual genes is T, and the composition provided herein is administered to the patient. In some of these embodiments, the test can be determined in the patientODC1 The position of one of the dual genes of the gene + nucleotide base at 263. In some embodiments, the test can be determined in a patientODC1 The position of the two dual genes of the gene + nucleotide base at 263. In some embodiments, the results can be indicatedODC1 The patient's genotype at the position of the two dual genes of the gene +263 is TT. In some embodiments, the results can be indicatedODC1 The location of the two dual genes of the gene +263 patient genotype is TG. In some such embodiments, the method can further comprise obtaining a result from the test, the test determining at least oneODC1 Patient genotype at position +316 of the dual gene, and if the result indicatesODC1 The patient's genotype at position +316 of at least one of the dual genes is G, and only the compositions provided herein are administered to the patient. In another aspect, a method for treating a risk factor for colorectal cancer in a patient, comprising: (a) obtaining a result from a test, the test determining at least oneODC1 The location of the dual gene +263 patient genotype; and (b) if the result indicatesODC1 The patient's genotype at position +263 of at least one of the genes is T, and the composition provided herein is administered to the patient, wherein the method prevents the formation of new abnormal duct lesions, new adenomatous polyps or New dysplastic adenoma. In another aspect, a method for preventing cancer development or recurrence in a patient having a corresponding risk is provided, comprising: (a) obtaining a result from a test, the test determining at least oneODC1 The location of the dual gene +263 patient genotype; and (b) if the result indicatesODC1 The patient's genotype at position +263 of at least one of the dual genes is T, and the composition provided herein is administered to the patient. See PCT Patent Publication No. WO 2015/195120, which is incorporated herein by reference. In a variation of any of the above embodiments, the cancerous tumor can be colorectal cancer, neuroblastoma, breast cancer, pancreatic cancer, brain cancer, lung cancer, stomach cancer, blood cancer, skin cancer, testicular cancer, prostate cancer, ovarian cancer. , liver cancer, esophageal cancer, cervical cancer, head and neck cancer, non-melanoma skin cancer or glioblastoma. In some embodiments, the cancerous tumor can be colorectal cancer. In some embodiments, the colorectal cancer can be stage I. In some embodiments, the colorectal cancer can be stage II. In some embodiments, the colorectal cancer can be stage III. In some embodiments, the colorectal cancer can be stage IV. In variations of any of the above embodiments, the method prevents the formation of new advanced colorectal neoplasms in the patient. In some embodiments, the method prevents the formation of a new right-sided advanced colorectal neoplasm. In some embodiments, the method prevents the formation of a new left-sided advanced colorectal neoplasm. In variations of any of the above embodiments, the patient can be identified as having one or more adenomatous polyps in the colon, rectum or appendix. In some embodiments, the patient can be identified as having one or more advanced colorectal neoplasms. In some embodiments, the patient can be identified as having one or more left superior colorectal neoplasms. In some embodiments, the patient can be identified as having one or more right-sided advanced colorectal neoplasms. In some embodiments, the patient can be diagnosed with familial adenomatous polyposis. In some embodiments, the patient can be diagnosed with Lynch syndrome. In some embodiments, the patient can be diagnosed with a familial colorectal cancer type X. In some embodiments, the patient may meet the Amsterdam Criteria or Amsterdam Criteria II. In some embodiments, the patient may have a history of resecting one or more colorectal adenomas. In some embodiments, the patient may have intraepithelial neoplasia or precancerous lesion-related ODC hyperactivity. In some embodiments, the patient may have intraepithelial neoplasia or precancerous lesions and elevated cellular polyamine levels. In a variation of any of the above embodiments, the patient is a human.VII. definition As used in this specification, "a" or "an" can mean one or more. As used in conjunction with the word "comprising", the term "a" or "an" can mean one or more than one. Throughout this application, the term "about" is used to indicate that the value includes the device, the inherent variation in the error of the method used to determine the value, or the change in the study individual. As used herein, the term "bioavailability" refers to the extent to which a drug or other substance is available to a target tissue after administration. In this context, the term "suitable bioavailability" is intended to mean that the administration of a composition according to the invention will result in improved bioavailability compared to the bioavailability obtained after administration of the active substance in a conventional lozenge; or The bioavailability is at least the same or improved compared to the bioavailability obtained after administration of a commercial product containing the same amount of the same active substance. In particular, it is desirable to obtain a faster and larger and/or more phasing capture of the active compound, and thereby provide a reduction in administration dose or a decrease in the number of administrations per day. The terms "composition," "pharmaceutical composition," "mixture," and "formulation" are used synonymously and interchangeably herein. The terms "including", "having" and "including" are open-ended verbs. Any form or tense of one or more of such verbs, such as "comprises", "comprising", "has", "having", "includes" And "including" are also open-ended. For example, any method of "comprising", "having" or "including" one or more steps is not limited to having only one or more of the steps and also encompassing other unrecited steps. The term "derivative thereof" means any chemically modified polysaccharide in which at least one of the monomeric sugar units is modified by substituting an atom or a molecular group or a bond. In one embodiment, the derivative is a salt thereof. The salt is, for example, a salt with a suitable inorganic acid such as a hydrohalic acid, sulfuric acid or phosphoric acid, such as a hydrochloride, a hydrobromide, a sulfate, a hydrogensulfate or a hydrogen phosphate; and a salt of a suitable carboxylic acid, Lower alkanoic acids such as, for example, hydroxylated, such as acetic acid, glycolic acid, propionic acid, lactic acid or pivalic acid, optionally hydroxylated and/or pendant oxy-substituted lower alkane dicarboxylic acids, such as oxalic acid, succinic acid , fumaric acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, pyruvic acid, malic acid, ascorbic acid, and salts with the following aromatic, heteroaromatic or aralipid carboxylic acids, such as benzoic acid, nicotine An acid or a mandelic acid; and a salt suitable for an aliphatic or aromatic sulfonic acid or an N-substituted amine sulfonic acid, such as a methanesulfonate, a besylate, a p-toluenesulfonate orN- Cyclohexylamine sulfonate (cyclamate). The term "disintegration" as used herein refers to a process in which a pharmaceutical oral fixed dose combination is typically dispersed into individual particles by means of a fluid and dispersed. When the solid oral dosage form is in a state in which any solid oral dosage form residue other than the insoluble coating or capsule shell fragments (if present) remaining on the test equipment screen is non-feelable according to USP <701> When it is soft, it will reach disintegration. The fluid used to determine the disintegration characteristics is water, such as tap water or deionized water. The disintegration time is measured using standard methods known to those skilled in the art, see the coordination procedures set forth in the pharmacopoeia USP <701> and EP 2.9.1 and JP. The term "dissolving" as used herein refers to a solid material, here a method in which the active ingredient is dispersed in a molecular form in a medium. The dissolution rate of the active ingredient of the pharmaceutical oral fixed dose combination of the present invention is defined by the amount of the drug substance entering the solution per unit time under standardized conditions of the liquid/solid interface, temperature and solvent composition. The dissolution rate is measured using standard methods known to those skilled in the art, see the coordination procedures set forth in the pharmacopoeia USP <711> and EP 2.9.3 and JP. For the purposes of the present invention, tests for measuring the dissolution of individual active ingredients are carried out according to the pharmacopeia USP <711> at the pH as set forth herein for the different examples. Specifically, the test was carried out using a paddle stirring element at 75 rpm (rotation/minute). The dissolution medium is preferably a buffer, typically a phosphate buffer (e.g., at pH 7.2). The molar concentration of the buffer is preferably 0.1 M. "Active ingredient" (Al) (also referred to as active compound, active substance, active agent, pharmaceutical agent, pharmaceutical agent, biologically active molecule or therapeutic compound) is a component of a biologically active drug or insecticide. Similar terms the active pharmaceutical ingredient (API) and bulk activity are also used in pharmaceuticals, and the term active substance can be used in insecticide formulations. "pharmaceutical drug" (also known as medicine, pharmaceutical preparation, pharmaceutical composition, pharmaceutical preparation, pharmaceutical product, medicinal product, medicine, medicine, medicine or simply medicine) )) is a drug used to diagnose, cure, treat or prevent diseases. The active ingredient (Al) (as defined above) is a component of a biologically active drug or insecticide. Similar terms the active pharmaceutical ingredient (API) and bulk activity are also used in pharmaceuticals, and the term active substance can be used in insecticide formulations. Certain pharmaceutical and insecticide products may contain more than one active ingredient. Inert ingredients are often referred to as excipients in the pharmaceutical context as compared to the active ingredient. As used in this specification and/or the scope of the claims, the term "effective" means sufficient to achieve desired, desired, or desired results. When used in the context of treating a patient or an individual with a compound, "effective amount", "therapeutically effective amount" or "pharmaceutically effective amount" means that when administered to an individual or patient to treat or prevent a disease, it is sufficient to affect The amount of the compound that is treated or prevented by the disease. "Prevention/preventing" includes: (1) inhibiting the onset of a disease in an individual or patient who may be at risk and/or susceptible to the disease but has not yet experienced or indicated any or all of the pathology of the disease. Or symptomatic, and/or (2) slowing the pathology or symptomatic episode of the disease in the individual or patient, the individual or patient may be at risk and/or susceptible to the disease but has not experienced or indicated any of the disease or All pathology or symptomology. "Treatment/treating" includes (1) inhibiting a disease in an individual or patient experiencing or showing the pathology or symptom of the disease (eg, curbing pathology and/or further development of the syndrome), (2) improving the experience or A disease (eg, reversal of pathology and/or symptomology) in an individual or patient showing the pathology or symptom of the disease and/or (3) a disease in an individual or patient who experiences or exhibits the pathology or symptom of the disease Any measurable decrease occurs. "Prodrug" means a compound which is metabolically converted in vivo to an inhibitor according to the invention. The prodrug may or may not have activity relative to the protein of interest to which it is administered. For example, a compound containing a hydroxyl group can be administered as an ester which is converted into a hydroxy compound by hydrolysis in vivo. Suitable esters which can be converted into hydroxy compounds in vivo include acetates, citrates, lactates, phosphates, tartrates, malonates, oxalates, salicylates, propionates, butyls Acid esters, fumarates, maleic acid esters, methylene-bis-β-hydroxynaphthoformate, gentisate, isethionate, di-p-toluene Tertyl tartrate, mesylate, ethanesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate, cyclohexylamine sulfonate, quinate, amino acid ester and the like ester. Similarly, a compound containing an amine group can be administered as a guanamine which is converted into an amine compound by in vivo hydrolysis. An "excipient" is a pharmaceutically acceptable substance that is formulated with an active ingredient of a pharmaceutical, a pharmaceutical composition, a formulation, or a drug delivery system. Excipients can be used, for example, to stabilize the composition, to swell the composition (and thus often referred to as "expanding agent", "filler" or "diluent" when used for this purpose) or to make the active ingredient in the final dosage form Increased efficacy, such as promoting drug absorption, reducing viscosity or enhancing solubility. Excipients include pharmaceutically acceptable versions of anti-adhesives, binders, coatings, colors, disintegrants, flavoring agents, slip agents, lubricants, preservatives, adsorbents, sweeteners, and vehicles. The primary excipient that acts as a medium to convey the active ingredient is commonly referred to as a vehicle. Excipients can also be used in the manufacturing process to assist in the operation of the active substance, for example, in addition to assisting in vitro stability, such as preventing denaturation or agglutination beyond the expected shelf life, such as by promoting powder flowability or non-adhesion. The suitability of the excipient will generally vary depending on the route of administration, the dosage form, the active ingredient, and other factors. The term "hydrate" when used as a modifier to a compound means that the compound has less than one (eg, hemihydrate), one (eg, monohydrate), or greater than one (eg, dihydrate) associated with each compound molecule, such as A solid form of water molecule of a compound. The term "difluoromethylornithine" when used in itself means 2,5-diamine-2-(difluoromethyl)pentanoic acid in any of its forms, including non-salt and salt forms ( For example, difluoromethylornithine HCl), anhydrous and hydrated forms of the non-salt and salt forms (eg, difluoromethylornithine hydrochloride monohydrate), solvates of the non-salt and salt forms, EnantiomerR andS Form, which can also be identified asd andl Form) and mixtures of such enantiomers (for example a mixture of one of a racemic mixture or an enantiomer relative to the other). Specific forms of difluoromethylornithine include difluoromethylornithine hydrochloride monohydrate (ie, CAS ID: 96020-91-6; MW: 236.65), difluoromethyl ornithine hydrochloride Salt (also known as CAS ID: 68278-23-9; MW: 218.63) and free difluoromethylornithine (also known as CAS ID: 70052-12-9; MW: 182.17). The form of difluoromethylornithine is further specified if necessary. In some embodiments, the difluoromethylornithine of the present invention is difluoromethylornithine hydrochloride monohydrate (ie, CAS ID: 96020-91-6). The terms "difluoromethylornithine" and "DFMO" are used interchangeably herein. Other synonymous terms of difluoromethylornithine and DFMO include: α-difluoromethylornithine, 2-(difluoromethyl)-DL-ornithine, 2-(difluoromethyl)guanine Acid, DL-α-difluoromethylornithine,N- Difluoromethylornithine, ornidyl, αδ-diamine-α-(difluoromethyl)pentanoic acid and 2,5-diamine-2(difluoro)pentanoic acid. As used herein, "substantially free" with respect to a given component is used herein to mean that none of the specified components are purposefully formulated into the composition and/or only as a contaminant or in trace amounts. The total amount of the specified component resulting from any unintended contamination of the composition is therefore well below 0.05%, preferably below 0.01%. Most preferably, the amount of the specified component is not detected by standard analytical methods. The term "fixed dose combination" or "FDC" refers to a combination of two drugs or active ingredients that are presented in a single dosage unit (eg, a lozenge or capsule) and are therefore administered at defined dosages; further as used herein, "free dose" "Combination" means a combination of two drugs or active ingredients that are administered simultaneously but in two different dosage unit forms. "Pelletization" refers to a process in which powder particles are coalesced into larger particles containing active pharmaceutical ingredients. By "dry granulation" is meant any method comprising the step of not adding a liquid to a powder starting material, agitating and drying to obtain a solid dosage form. The resulting granulated drug can be further processed into various final dosage forms such as capsules, lozenges, powders, gels, buccal tablets and the like. The term "or" is used in the context of the claims to mean "and/or" unless the <RTI ID=0.0> </ RTI> </ RTI> <RTIgt; As used herein, "another" may mean at least a second or more. As used herein, the term "patient" or "individual" refers to a living mammalian organism such as a human, monkey, cow, sheep, goat, dog, cat, mouse, rat, guinea pig or its transgenic gene. kind. In certain embodiments, the patient or individual is a primate. Non-limiting examples of human patients are adults, adolescents, infants, and fetuses. As used herein, "pharmaceutically acceptable" means that it is suitable for contact with tissues, organs and/or body fluids of humans and animals without reasonable toxicity, irritation, allergic reaction or other problems within the scope of sound medical judgment. Or complications, their compounds, materials, compositions and/or dosage forms commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio. A "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier," "drug carrier," or "carrier alone" is a pharmaceutically acceptable material that is formulated with the active ingredient in the delivery, delivery, and/or delivery of the chemical. Drug carriers can be used to improve the delivery and effectiveness of the drug, including, for example, controlled release techniques to adjust drug bioavailability, reduce drug metabolism, and/or reduce drug toxicity. Certain drug carriers can increase the effectiveness of drug delivery to a particular target site. Examples of the carrier include: liposomes, microparticles (for example, made of poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid) acid), albumin microparticles, synthetic polymers, nanofibers, nanotubes, protein-DNA complexes, proteins Conjugates, red blood cells, viral particles and dendrimers. As defined herein, the term "physically separated" refers to a pharmaceutical oral fixed dose combination comprising components a) and b) formulated so as not to be mixed with one another but separated from each other. This separation helps to minimize the interaction between the two components, especially when they are released. Generally physical separation means that the two components a) and b) are present in different compartments, such as layers, or in the form of different entities, such as granules or granules, in the formulation. The two components a) and b) need not be further separated by additional layers or coatings, although this may be suitable as appropriate. This physical separation of the two components a) and b) in one dosage form can be achieved by various means known in the art. In one embodiment, this is achieved by formulating the individual components a) and b) into a separate layer, such as a multilayer or two-layer formulation. This document describes specific examples of such compounding techniques. The term "adhesion" refers to the surface of a tablet press that adheres particles to the letters, logos or designs included on the punch face. The term "topping" refers to a crack or crack in the top or top of a tablet from the bulk of the tablet. The top crack can be caused by incompressible fine particles that migrate when air is pushed out during compression. The term "brittleness" as used herein refers to the tendency of the tablet to break, break or break after compression. It can be caused by a number of factors, including poor tablet design (too sharp edges), low moisture content, insufficient binder, and the like. In some aspects, the brittleness of the tablet sample is given in terms of weight loss % (i.e., weight loss expressed as a percentage of the initial sample weight). In general, a maximum weight loss of no more than 1% is considered acceptable for most lozenges. As used herein, the term "release" refers to a method of bringing a pharmaceutical oral fixed dose combination into contact with a fluid and transferring the drug out of the dosage form into a fluid surrounding the dosage form. The combination of delivery rate and duration of delivery exhibited by a given dosage form in a patient can be described as its in vivo release profile. The release profile of the dosage form can exhibit different rates and durations of release and can be continuous. The continuous release profile includes a release profile of one or more active ingredients that are continuously released at a constant or variable rate. When two or more components having different release profiles are combined in one dosage form, the resulting individual release profile of the two components may be the same or different than the dosage form having only one of the components. Thus, the two components can affect each other's release profile, thereby resulting in different release profiles for the individual components. The two-component dosage form can exhibit a release profile of the two components that are the same or different from each other. The release profile of a two component dosage form with different release profiles for each component can be described as "asynchronous". Such release profiles encompass (1) different continuous releases, wherein preferably component b) is released at a slower rate than component a), and (2) a curve wherein one of components a) and b) Preferably, component b) is continuously released, and the other of components a) and b), preferably component a), is adjusted to provide continuous release with time delay. A combination of two release profiles for a drug is also possible (eg, 50% drug continuous release and 50% identical drug with time delay continuous release). Immediate Release: For the purposes of this application, the immediate release formulation is a formulation that exhibits the release of the active substance, which is not intentionally adjusted by a particular formulation design or manufacturing method. Modulated release: For the purposes of this application, a modified release formulation is a formulation that exhibits release of an active substance that is intentionally adjusted by a particular formulation design or manufacturing method. This modulating release can generally be obtained by delaying the release time of one or both of the components (preferably component a)). Typically for the purposes of the present invention, a modified release means release for more than 5 h, such as release for more than 3 h or even less. As used herein, modified release is meant to encompass a continuous release, or delayed release, of the two components over time, wherein one of the components, preferably component a), is released only after the lag time. Such modified release forms can be prepared by applying a release modifying coating, such as a diffusion coating, to the drug substance or to the core of the drug substance, or by forming a release modifying matrix that embeds the drug substance. The term "tablet" refers to a pharmacological composition in the form of small, substantially solid pellets of any shape. The shape of the tablet can be cylindrical, spherical, rectangular, saclike or irregular. The term "tablet composition" means a substance included in a tablet. The "tablet composition component" or "tablet component" means a compound or substance included in a tablet composition. These may include, but are not limited to, active agents and any excipients as well as low melting point compounds and water soluble excipients. The above definitions supersede any conflicting definitions in any of the references incorporated herein by reference. However, the fact that certain terms are defined should not be considered as indicating that any term that is not defined is uncertain. Rather, the terms used in the description of the invention are intended to be understood by those skilled in the art. The unit abbreviations used herein include the result average (ar), kilogram force (kp), kilonewton (kN), percent weight/weight (%w/w), pounds per square inch (psi), relative humidity (RH). , color difference δE (dE) and rotation per minute (rpm).VIII. Instance The following examples are included to demonstrate preferred embodiments of the invention. It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the techniques disclosed in the examples which follow represent a <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; It will be apparent to those skilled in the art, however, that <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt;Instance 1- Development of difluoromethylornithine HCl and Sulindac acid combination table In a development method for a fixed dose combination (FDC) lozenge containing difluoromethylornithine HCl and sulindac, several formulations were tested (Table 1). The parameters tested included tablet disintegration time, tablet hardness and percent fragility of the tablet. Formulation I was made into a 900 mg lozenge by first mixing 1/3 of deuterated MCC (PROSOLV®) with difluoromethylornithine HCl in a 1 quart v-blender. Subsequently, sulindac and 1/3 of the purified MCC (PROSOLV®) were premixed in a polyethylene (PE) bag and combined with colloidal cerium oxide (CARBOSIL®) and pregelatinized corn starch (STARCH 1500®). Add to the blender. The PE bag was rinsed with the remaining 1/3 of the deuterated MCC (PROSOLV®) and added to the blender. The mixture was blended at about 25 rpm for 10 minutes and then blended again for 3 minutes before the manual screening of magnesium stearate was added. This formulation was found to have some adhesion to the surface of the punch and resulted in a rough tablet surface. Thus, for Formulation II, magnesium stearate was increased from 0.5% to 1% and deuterated MCC was reduced from 38.57% to 38.07%. Formulation II was made into a 900 mg lozenge by premixing CARBOSIL®, STARCH 1500® and sulindac in a PE bag. Subsequently, 1⁄2 of PROSOLV® and difluoromethylornithine HCl were added to the 8 quart v-blender together with the premix. The remaining 1⁄2 of PROSOLV® is used to rinse the PE bag and add to the blender. The mixture was blended for 10 minutes at about 25 rpm. The mixture was then removed from the blender and delumped via a Comill 039R screen, then returned to the v-blender for additional 10 minutes. Subsequently, magnesium stearate manually screened through 30 mesh (i.e., 590 μm) screens was added to the v-blender by hand mixing and the mixture was blended at about 25 rpm for 3 minutes. The mixture was compressed into tablets on a Key Model BBTS 10 bench. The resulting tablet was measured to have a disintegration time of about 29-32 seconds, 0.077% brittleness at 4 minutes, and 0.17392% brittleness at 8 minutes and a hardness of about 28 kp (Table 1). The tablet was then coated with O'Hara Labcoat, a 12" disk coated with 2.913% by weight of OPADRY® Yellow (Colorcon) to yield a 927 mg tablet. The film-coated tablet has a hardness of about 36.0-42.1 kp and a disintegration time of 1 minute 27 seconds to 1 minute 53 seconds. Formulation III was made into a 650 mg tablet by premixing CARBOSIL®, Part 2 of PROSOLV®, and sulindac in a PE bag. Subsequently, 1⁄2 of PROSOLV® Part 1 and difluoromethylornithine were added to the 8 quart v-blender together with the premix. The remaining 1⁄2 of the PROSOLV® Part 1 was used to rinse the PE bag and was added to the v-blender. The mixture was blended for 10 minutes at about 25 rpm. The mixture was then removed from the blender and the block was removed via a Comill 039R screen and then returned to the v-blender for additional 10 minutes. Subsequently, magnesium stearate manually screened through 30 mesh (i.e., 590 μm) screens was added to the v-blender by hand mixing and the mixture was blended at about 25 rpm for 3 minutes. The mixture was compressed into tablets on a Key Model BBTS 10 bench. The obtained tablet was measured to have a disintegration time of about 51 to 57 seconds, 0.2607% to 0.3373% brittleness at 4 minutes, and 0.8988% to 1.008% brittleness at 8 minutes and a hardness of about 13 kp. The tablet was then coated with O'Hara Labcoat, a 12" disk coated with 2.913% by weight of OPADRY® Yellow (Colorcon) to yield 669.5 mg of tablet. The film-coated tablet has a hardness of about 36.0-42.1 kp and a disintegration time of 1 minute 27 seconds to 1 minute 53 seconds. The weight of this formulation was reduced from 900 mg to 650 mg and STARCH 1500® was replaced with PROSOLV® to increase lozenge strength. However, a top crack was observed during the fragility test as well as during the film coating process. Formulation IV was made into a 700 mg lozenge using the same method as Formulation III. The resulting tablet was measured to have a disintegration time of from 1 minute 10 seconds to about 1 minute 34 seconds, from 0.1424% to 0.1567% brittleness at 4 minutes, and from 0.3186% to 0.5166% brittleness at 8 minutes and a hardness of about 20 kp. The tablet was then coated with O'Hara Labcoat and the 12'' disc was coated with 2.913% by weight of OPADRY® Yellow (Colorcon) to yield a 721 mg lozenge. The film-coated tablet has a disintegration time of from 1 minute 43 seconds to 2 minutes 7 seconds. In this formulation, increase the amount of PROSOLV® and increase the weight of the table from 650 mg to 700 mg. Although no top cracking was observed during the brittleness test, the three lozenges did have a top crack during film coating.table 1 : Difluoromethylornithine HCL and Formulation of sulindac fixed-dose combination lozenge I-IV . table 2 :difluoromethylornithine HCL and An exemplary formulation of a sulindac fixed dose combination lozenge. table 3 : Exemplary tablet manufacturing parameters. table 4 : for instance 1 The materials of the formulations described in the materials. Instance 2- R&D formulation IV Formulation IV was further tested from Example 1 to determine changes in parameters to prevent capping and adhesion. The first parameter tested was compressive force and a pre-compression force was added with a compression force of about 5-15% (Table 5). In order to evaluate the compressive force and pre-pressure for the formulation IV 700 mg tablet to a hardness of about 20 kp, several tests were performed. In the first test, equipment C was used to make a final blend of Formulation IV 700 mg tablets (Table 9). The manufacturing method involves premixing CARBOSIL®, part 2 of PROSOLV®, and sulindac in a PE bag. Subsequently, 1⁄2 of PROSOLV® Part 1 and difluoromethylornithine were added to the 10 quart v-blender together with the premix. The remaining 1⁄2 of the PROSOLV® section 1 is used to rinse the PE bag and add to the v-blender. The mixture was blended at about 7 rpm for 35 minutes. The mixture was then removed from the blender and comminuted through a Frewitt TC150 1.0 mm screen, then returned to the v-blender for re-blending for 35 minutes. Subsequently, magnesium stearate was manually screened through a 500 μm sieve and added to a v-blender by manual mixing at 7 rpm for 10 minutes to obtain a final blend. The compression step was carried out on a Courtoy Modul P ingot press equipped with five 17.5 x 8 mm engraved and chrome-plated punches. Set the parameters to obtain a hardness between 17.0 kp and 22.5 kp. It was found that no cavitation was observed without pre-stress. However, the pre-pressure was used to increase the hardness and avoid cracking (Table 10). In addition, tablets formed from pre-stress are more resistant to abrasion (i.e., less fragile). In addition, the 16.5 x 8 mm punch used in the Key BBTS 10 table ingot press of Example 1 appeared to be more prone to wear.table 5 : Test formulations IV It Compress parameters. NA: Not applied (*) Maximum hardness achievable without pre-compression In the second test, the surface of the punch was changed to determine its effect on Formulation IV tablets (Table 11). Equipment B was used in this test to make a final blend of Formulation IV 700 mg tablets. The manufacturing method involves premixing CARBOSIL®, part 2 of PROSOLV®, and sulindac in a PE bag. Subsequently, 1⁄2 of PROSOLV® Part 1 and difluoromethylornithine were added to the 10 quart v-blender together with the premix. The remaining 1⁄2 of the PROSOLV® section 1 is used to rinse the PE bag and add to the v-blender. The mixture was blended for 8 minutes and 30 seconds at about 30 cycles per minute. The mixture was then removed from the blender and comminuted through a CMA 1.0 mm screen, then returned to the v-blender for re-blending for 8.5 minutes. Subsequently, magnesium stearate was manually screened through a 500 μm sieve and added to a v-blender by manually mixing for 2 minutes and 20 seconds at 30 cycles per minute to obtain a final blend. The compression step was carried out on a Korsch XL100 ingot press equipped with two 17.5 x 8 mm engraved and anti-adhesive chrome-plated punches. The pre-pressure is set to approximately 30 kN of the main compressive force of 5-10%. Several different punch surfaces were also tested, including chromium, carbon, tungsten and Teflon versus stainless steel. In some embodiments, Teflon can be used to reduce adhesion. To avoid sticking, test a few extra variables and apply a high constraint at the beginning of compression. Neither the 1.1% magnesium stearate nor the 70 rotations were added to the 140 rotations to prevent sticking (Tables 11 and 12). However, increasing the ratio of magnesium stearate to 1.5% did prevent adhesion (Table 12) and the tablet hardness decreased slightly by about 20%, but the brittleness after less than 0.1% after 4 minutes was still extremely low. When two types of punches with different types of break lines (17 x 9 mm and 16.5 x 7 mm) were used, the rupturability results were in accordance with the punches tested. Thus, increasing magnesium stearate to 1.5% prevents adhesion and pre-compression prevents the formulation IV from cracking.table 6 :test 1 and test 2 in Formulation IV Batch weight. table 7 : Formulations IV It The amount of change in magnesium stearate. (*) Formula obtained after dilution to increase the percentage of magnesium stearate. The API concentration is therefore slightly below the target.table 8 : Formulation IV Coating. table 9 : for the development of formulations IV It device. table 10 : Testing pre-compression force versus formulation IV The first test parameters and results of the impact. table 11 : Test punch surface pair formulation IV The second test parameters and results of the impact. table 12 : Test final mixing duration and magnesium stearate to the formulation IV The second test parameters and results of the impact. (*) on 10 tabletstable 13 : Test compression parameters for formulations IV Test parameters and results of the impact. (*) On 30 tablets (**) on 10 tablets NA: No application test formulation IV combination tablets, difluoromethylornithine single tablets and sulindac single tablet stability Sex. The stability analysis of the formulation IV lozenge was carried out at 6 months using a Karl Fischer titration method to determine the water content (Fig. 1). In Figure 1, the combination lozenge showing Formulation IV had a lower water uptake after six months compared to the difluoromethylornithine monopatch. Water can affect drug efficacy and drug dissolution; for example, water can increase the rate of drug degradation by hydrolysis (Gerhardt, 2009). Thus, in some embodiments, the combination lozenges provided herein are more stable than one or both of the single active agent lozenges. Finally, the dissolution profile of Formulation IV was also tested. Dissolution studies were performed in a 50 mM sodium phosphate buffer medium at 7.2 pH using a paddle stirring element at 75 rpm (USP <711> Dissolution Apparatus II (Paddle)) (Figures 2A-2B). The verification method is about the level II of dissolving difluoromethylornithine and sulindac. No interference was observed between the active pharmaceutical ingredients difluoromethylornithine and sulindac itself and the dissolution medium, phosphate buffer solution or excipient. Surprisingly, it was observed that the fixed dose combination of Formulation IV had an overlapping in vitro dissolution profile compared to a single drug lozenge.Instance 3- Pharmaceutical excipients and coating compatibility A non-cGMP pharmaceutical excipient compatibility study on a difluoromethylornithine HCl/sulindac combination lozenge was conducted. Shape, HPLC analysis and XRPD characteristics were evaluated using a series of samples. Tests include PVP, HPMC, lactose, EXPLOTABTM Excipients for Ac-Di-Sol®, PROSOLV®, STARCH 1500® and OPADRY® Yellow. Samples prepared for excipient compatibility except for the difluoromethylornithine HCl: sulindac formulation was 5:1 and difluoromethylornithine HCl: sulindac: H2 The O formulation is a 1:1 physical mixture of API and excipient, except for about 6:1:0.3. The total mass of most samples is approximately 750 mg. Preparation involves weighing the components into a 20 cc scintillation vial, blocking and vortexing for about 30 seconds. The sample was then stored in a 40 ° C / 75% RH stability chamber. Loosen the lid on the vial loosely and store the vial in the chamber to protect it from light. Profile observations were performed by visual inspection of vials prepared for HPLC analysis. Excipient-compatible samples were extracted with 50% acetonitrile in buffer (50 mM phosphate buffer pH 2.55). Samples containing only sulindac were weighed out of the sample fraction (approximately 150 mg) and extracted in a predetermined volume such that the final concentrations of difluoromethylornithine and sulindac were 9.5 mg/mL and 0.1 mg/mL, respectively. To prepare. The remainder of the compatible sample was prepared by quantitative transfer using a predetermined volume of extraction solvent such that the final concentration of difluoromethylornithine and sulindac was about the same as above. Excipient-compatible samples were analyzed using a method capable of detecting the active agent, difluoromethylornithine and sulindac (Fig. 4A). The method uses a gradient reverse phase HPLC with 195 nm ultraviolet (UV) detection. XRPD analysis was performed using CuK alpha radiation on a Bruker AXS D8 Advance system with a Bragg-Brentano configuration. Samples were analyzed at room temperature using the following parameters: 40 kV; 40 mA; 1° divergence; and anti-scatter slits; measurement in continuous mode, 2 - 40 ° 2 Θ, 0.05 ° gradient and 1 sec / step time . Samples between 3 mg and 25 mg were analyzed using a rotating, top-filled steel sample holder in nine position autosampler fittings. Calibrate the system with traceable standards. The results are shown in Figures 4B to 4C. Difluoromethylornithine HCl with PVP K30 began to show moisture in the 2-week sample and became liquid after 4 weeks. Sulindac with PVPK30 showed sample adhesion after 2 weeks and continued after 4 weeks. The PVPK30 excipient began to show moisture only in the 2 week sample and became liquid after 4 weeks. The same phenomenon was observed for the difluoromethylornithine HCl sample, but no similar phenomenon was observed for the sulindac sample. The HPLC analysis results for most of the samples tested did not show a unique trend (increased or decreased) at different time points. Although multiple samples have unusually low analytical values, the analytical levels exhibit more increasing trends or remain relatively constant over a 4 week period. The sulindac/difluoromethylornithine ProSolv SMCC90 sample was observed to have the highest change in the analysis results. The analytical value at the 4 week time point was 10.0% higher than the initial analysis result. This change can be attributed to the method (unverified) and sample consistency at different time points. Although the acceptable random analysis error of the verification method is 2%, the variability of this method is unknown. Except for some samples, the analytical values for each of the samples tested at different time points were within the normally acceptable 2% random error of the analytical method. There is no unique tendency for API, difluoromethylornithine and sulindac under the stress conditions tested. The results of this study indicate that the API (difluoromethylornithine HCl/sulindac) is compatible with potential excipients. Pharmaceutical excipient compatibility studies were performed by XRPD analysis to determine the crystallinity of the API with potential formulation excipients for the difluoromethylornithine HCl/sulindac combination product. The XRPD results showed no interaction between the API and the vehicle after four weeks at 40 ° C / 75% RH. This indicator API (difluoromethylornithine HCl/sulindac) is compatible with potential excipients. The coating test was carried out on a tablet to determine the effect on stability at 25 ° C / 60% RH or 40 ° C / 75% RH moisture content at 1 month and 3 months. The coating includes OPADRY® Yellow (Colorcon, 03B92557), OPADRY® White (Colorcon Y-1-7000), OPADRY® II White (Colorcon 85F18422) and OPADRY® Clear (Colorcon YS-3) in 3% or 4% by weight. -7413). Color visual inspection was taken to evaluate the overall color difference or DE between the stable tablet and the initial coated tablet. The color of the lozenge was tested using a Datacolor Spectraflash 600 Series spectrophotometer. The data was analyzed using the Commission Internationale de l'Eclairage (CIE) L* a* b* system. In the L* a* b* system, the color is represented as a coordinate in three-dimensional space. Luminance and darkness are plotted on the L* axis, where L = 100 represents pure white and L = 0 represents pure black. The a* and b* axes represent two complementary color pairs of red/green and blue/yellow, respectively. By plotting the color in a geometric shape, the difference between the two colors (the overall color difference = E*) can be determined by calculating the distance between the two points using the following equation. DE* = [(L*1 - L*2)2 + (a*1 - a*2)2 + (b*1 - b*2)2]1/2 Using Datacolor, analysis in various coating formulations Each of the tablets is increased in weight. The closer the DE value is to zero, the closer the color of the tested tablet is to the color standard (initial sample). The Colorcon standard spectrum of the white coating (by QC test) will be a DE value of less than 1.5. All samples with white film stability exceeded 1.5 DE and therefore would not pass the Colorcon standard QC test (Table 14). The clear coated lozenge is also well above the value of 1.5.table 14 : in the form of a stable coated lozenge DE value. The best DE results were found to be a lozenge coated with a yellow formulation. The DE value is much lower than 1.5. A DE value of 1 or less (total color difference) is considered to be imperceptible to the human eye. The typical internal specification of the yellow coated Colorcon tends to be a DE value of 2.5-3. Therefore, OPADRY® Yellow is used to coat the combined lozenge.Instance 4- Fixed co-regulation of difluoromethylornithine / Bioequivalence study of sulindac A preliminary test is performed to compare the administration of a difluoromethyl group with a co-adjusted tablet containing difluoromethylornithine/sulindac, and a normal healthy individual under fasting conditions. Pharmacokinetic parameters of difluoromethylornithine, sulindac sulindac sulfide, and sulindac in plasma compared to individual tablets of ornithine or sulindac. The second objective of this study was to determine the safety and tolerability of difluoromethylornithine/sulindac co-adjusted tablets compared to individual formulations administered alone or co-administered in normal healthy individuals. The study consisted of twelve individuals, male or female, at least 18 years old but not older than 60 years old. Mainly including guidelines: mild smokers, non-smokers or former smokers; body mass index (BMI) ≥ 18.50 kg / m2 And <30.00 kg/m2 The 12-lead ECG performed (the individual must be in the supine position for 10 minutes before ECG and ECG before all requested blood draws) did not find clinically significant abnormalities; females were negative for pregnancy testing; and based on medical history, comprehensive Physical examinations (including vital signs) and laboratory tests (general biochemistry, hematology, and urine tests) are healthy. Individuals were treated in the following four treatment groups: • Treatment 1: co-administered a single 750/ of difluoromethylornithine 375 mg/sulindac 75 mg lozenge (2 x 375/75 mg lozenge) 150 mg dose • Treatment 2: a single 750 mg dose of difluoromethyl ornithine 250 mg lozenge (3 x 250 mg lozenge) • Treatment 3: Single 150 mg dose of sulindac 150 mg lozenge (1 x 150 Mg tablet) • Treatment 4: Single 150 mg dose of sulindac 150 mg tablet (1 x 150 mg tablet) and 250 mg tablet of difluoromethyl ornithine (3 x 250 mg tablet) A single 750 mg dose was assigned to each individual for 4 different treatments over a 28 day period. A single oral dose assigned to the treatment was administered under fasting conditions during each study period. The treatment was separated by a wash-out of 7 calendar days. Each body collected a total of 120 blood samples at 80 times. The first blood sample is collected before the drug is administered, while the other blood samples are administered at 0.25, 0.5, 0.75, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, Collected after 16, 24, 36 and 48 hours. The analyte was measured by HPLC with MS/MS detection. The analysis ranged from 35.0 ng/mL to 35000.0 ng/mL for difluoromethylornithine, 30.0 ng/mL to 15000.0 ng/mL for sulindac, and 10.0 ng/mL to 8000.0 ng for sulindac and sulindac sulfide. /mL. Safety was assessed by assessing adverse events (AE), standard laboratory evaluations, vital signs, and ECG.Mathematical model and statistical method of pharmacokinetic parameters : The main absorption and distribution parameters were calculated using a non-compartmental method with a log-linear finality hypothesis. The trapezoidal rule is used to estimate the area under the curve. The final assessment is based on maximizing the determination factor. The pharmacokinetic parameter for this test is CMax , TMax , AUC0-T , AUC0-∞ , AUC0-T/∞ λZ And THalf . Statistical analysis of parameters based on pharmacokinetic parameters ANOVA model; for CMax , AUC0-T And AUC0-∞ 90% confidence interval on both sides of the geometric method ratio based on ln conversion data; TMax Sorted conversion. The ANOVA model uses fixed factors for sequence, time period, and processing; random factors are individuals nested within the sequence. Pharmacokinetic parameters include CMax (maximum observed plasma concentration); TMax (Maximum time to observe plasma concentration, if it occurs more than one time point, then TMax Defined as the first time point with this value); TLQC (The last observed time to quantify plasma concentration); AUC0-T (Using linear trapezoidal method from 0 to TLQC Calculated cumulative area under the plasma concentration time curve); AUC0-∞ (The plasma concentration time curve approaches the infinite area, calculated as AUC0-T + CLQC /λz, where CLQC For time TLQC Estimated concentration); AUC0-T/∞ (AUC0-T Relative to AUC0-∞ Relative percentage); TLIN (time point at the beginning of the log-linear elimination period); λz (significant elimination rate constant, estimated by linear regression of the logarithmic concentration versus the linear portion of the end of the time curve); and THalf (Final elimination half-life, calculated as ln(2) / λz).table 15 : pharmacokinetic parameters of difluoromethylornithine *median (range)table 16 : Pharmacokinetic parameters of sulindac *Median (range) ** for AUC0-∞ λZ And THalf n=7 *** for AUC0-∞ λZ And THalf n=8Guidelines for bioequivalence : Statistical inference of difluoromethylornithine based on the bioequivalence method, using the ratio of geometric LSmeans, where the parameter C is converted from lnMax , AUC0-T And AUC0-∞ The corresponding 90% confidence interval for Process 1 versus Process 2, Process 2 vs. Process 4, and Process 1 vs. Process 4 is compared to the 80.00% to 125.00% range. Statistical inference of sulindac based on the bioequivalence method using the ratio of geometric LSmeans, where the parameter ln is converted for lnMax , AUC0-T And AUC0-∞ The corresponding 90% confidence interval for Process 1 versus Process 3, Process 3 vs. Process 4, and Process 1 versus Process 4 is calculated from the range of 80.00% to 125.00%. The same criteria apply to sulindac sulfide and sulindac citrate, and the results present supporting evidence of comparable therapeutic outcomes.Safety result : A total of 12 individuals entered the study and all individuals received 4 treatments under the study. None of the individuals involved in the study reported serious adverse events (SAE) and death. No individual was withdrawn by the investigator for safety reasons. Four (33%) of the 12 individuals enrolled in the study reported a total of 4 treatment-induced adverse events (TEAEs). Of these events, two occurred after the administration process 1, one after the treatment 3, and the remaining one after the treatment 4 was administered. Individuals who were treated with treatment 2 did not report any TEAE. One and a half TEAEs experienced during the study period were considered to be related to drug administration. The TEAE in this study had a low incidence; one subject (8%) per treatment group experienced TEAE. After the treatment of 4 doses, the dry mouth was reported, and after the treatment was administered, the upper respiratory tract infection was reported and after the treatment 1 was administered, the vascular puncture site was scratched and headache was reported. The incidence of TEAE was the same for individuals treated with Treatment 3 and Treatment 4 (8%) and slightly lower than the incidence of TEAE reported by individuals treated with Treatment 1 (17%). The drug-related TEAE was reported to have the same incidence as the individual administered with Treatment 1 and Treatment 4 (8%), whereas the individual administered with Treatment 3 did not experience the drug-related TEAE. The TEAE experienced during the study considered mild (3/4, 75%) and moderate (1/4, 25%) in intensity. None of the individuals experienced severe TEAE during the study. All abnormal clinical laboratory values were more or less above or below their reference range, and none were considered clinically significant by the investigator. In addition, there were no clinically significant abnormalities in the vital signs and ECG of the individual in this study. All medical examinations were judged to be normal. Overall, the drugs tested were generally safe and the individuals included in this study were well tolerated for the drugs tested.Processing 1 And processing 2 Comparison between difluoromethylornithine : pharmacokinetic results reveal C of difluoromethylornithineMax , AUC0-T And AUC0-∞ The geometric LSmean ratio and the corresponding 90% confidence interval are included in the range of 80.00% to 125.00%. This comparison indicates that when treatment 1 and treatment 2 were administered under fasting conditions, the bioequivalence criteria were met and the bioavailability of difluoromethylornithine was shown to contain difluoromethylornithine/sulindac. The co-adjusted tablet is equivalent to a tablet containing only difluoromethylornithine.table 17 : Processing 1 Relative to processing 2 Summary of Statistical Analysis of Difluoromethylornithine * CMax Unit is ng/mL and AUC0-T And AUC0-∞ The unit is ng·h/mLProcessing 2 And processing 4 Comparison between difluoromethylornithine : pharmacokinetic results reveal C of difluoromethylornithineMax , AUC0-T And AUC0-∞ The geometric LSmean ratio and the corresponding 90% confidence interval are included in the range of 80.00% to 125.00%. This comparison indicates that when treatment 2 and treatment 4 were administered under fasting conditions, the bioequivalence criteria were met, and individual lozenges exhibiting co-administration of sulindac and difluoromethylornithine did not affect separate administration. The bioavailability of difluoromethylornithine.table 18 : Processing 2 Relative to processing 4 Summary of Statistical Analysis of Difluoromethylornithine * CMax Unit is ng/mL and AUC0-T And AUC0-∞ The unit is ng·h/mLProcessing 1 And processing 4 Comparison between difluoromethylornithine : pharmacokinetic results reveal C of difluoromethylornithineMax , AUC0-T And AUC0-∞ The geometric LSmean ratio and the corresponding 90% confidence interval are included in the range of 80.00% to 125.00%. This comparison indicates that bioequivalence criteria are met when Treatment 1 and Treatment 4 are administered under fasting conditions, and are presented for co-administered formulations containing difluoromethylornithine/sulindac and co-administered The bioavailability of difluoromethylornithine of each of the individual tablets of difluoromethylornithine or sulindac is similar.table 19 : Processing 1 Relative to processing 4 Summary of Statistical Analysis of Difluoromethylornithine * CMax Unit is ng/mL and AUC0-T And AUC0-∞ The unit is ng·h/mLProcessing 1 And processing 3 Comparison of sulindac : Pharmacokinetic results show C of sulindacMax , AUC0-T And AUC0-∞ The geometric LSmean ratio and the corresponding 90% confidence interval (90CI) are not all included in the range of 80.00% to 125.00%. CMax The lower limit of 90CI is below the 80.00% limit. Since the ratio is in the range of 80.00% to 125.00% of all PK parameters, the intra-individual variability may indicate CMax The lower limit is outside the range of BE. The results obtained for this comparison show that the sample size used in this preliminary test is not sufficient to demonstrate the equivalence of the sulindac bioavailability of the co-adjusted tablet and sulindac alone.table 20 : Processing 1 Relative to processing 3 Overview of statistical analysis of sulindac * CMax Unit is ng/mL and AUC0-T And AUC0-∞ The unit is ng·h/mL ** for AUC0-∞ , n=7 based on the data, incorporating invariant intra-individual changes between all comparisons, CMax Is about 24.6%, and AUC0-T It is about 12%. Statistically, given that the expected treatment 1 and treatment 3 ratios of geometric LSmeans should be within 90% and 110%, it is estimated that the number of individuals that meet the 80.00% to 125.00% bioequivalence range (statistical prior efficacy is at least 80%) is The key research for the future will be about 54. The inclusion of 60 individuals should be sufficient to account for the possibility of loss and variation of CV within the estimated individual.Processing 3 And processing 4 Comparison of sulindac : Pharmacokinetic results show C of sulindacMax , AUC0-T And AUC0-∞ The geometric LSmean ratio and the corresponding 90% confidence interval are included in the range of 80.00% to 125.00%. The results of this comparison indicate that when Treatment 3 and Treatment 4 were administered under fasting conditions, the bioequivalence criteria were met and it was demonstrated that co-administration of individual lozenges containing difluoromethylornithine or sulindac did not affect separate administration. The availability of sulindac with the time.table twenty one : Processing 3 Relative to processing 4 Overview of statistical analysis of sulindac * CMax Unit is ng/mL and AUC0-T And AUC0-∞ The unit is ng·h/mL ** for AUC0-∞ , n=7Processing 1 And processing 4 Comparison of sulindac : Pharmacokinetic results show C of sulindacMax , AUC0-T And AUC0-∞ The geometric LSmean ratio and the corresponding 90% confidence interval (90CI) are not all included in the range of 80.00% to 125.00%. CMax The lower limit of 90CI is below the 80.00% limit. Since the ratio is in the range of 80.00% to 125.00% of all PK parameters, the intra-individual variability may indicate CMax The lower limit is outside the range of BE. The results obtained for this comparison demonstrate that the sample used in this preliminary test is not large enough to demonstrate co-dosing and co-administration of sulindac bioavailability with individual lozenges containing difluoromethylornithine or sulindac. Bioequivalence.table twenty two : Processing 1 Relative to processing 4 Overview of statistical analysis of sulindac * CMax Unit is ng/mL and AUC0-T And AUC0-∞ The unit is ng·h/mL ** for AUC0-∞ , n=8 based on the data, incorporating invariant intra-individual changes between all comparisons, CMax Is about 24.6%, and AUC0-T It is about 12%. Statistically, given that the expected treatment 1 and treatment 4 ratios for geometric LSmeans should be within 92.5% and 107.5%, it is estimated that the number of individuals that meet the 80.00% to 125.00% bioequivalence range (statistical prior efficacy is at least 80%) is The key research for the future will be about 36. The inclusion of 40 individuals should be sufficient to account for the possibility of loss and variation of CV within the estimated individual.* * * All of the compositions and/or methods disclosed and claimed herein can be made and executed in accordance with the present invention without undue experimentation. Although the compositions and methods of the present invention have been described in terms of the preferred embodiments, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that the present invention can be applied to the methods and methods described herein without departing from the spirit, scope and scope of the invention. The steps or steps are in the order. More specifically, it is apparent that certain agents that are chemically and physiologically related may be substituted for the agents described herein while achieving the same or similar results. All such similar substitutes and modifications, which are apparent to those skilled in the art, are deemed to be within the spirit, scope and concept of the invention as defined by the appended claims.references The following references are hereby expressly incorporated by reference in their entirety to the extent of the disclosure of the disclosure of the disclosure of the disclosure of the disclosure. US Patent 3,647,858 US Patent 3,654,349 US Patent 4,330,559 US Patent 4,413,141 US Patent 5,814,625 US Patent 5,843,929 US Patent 6,258,845 US Patent 6,428,809 US Patent 6,702,683 US Patent 8,329,636 US Patent 9,121,852 US Patent Publication US2013/0217743 US Patent Publication US2015/0301060 PCT Patent Publication WO2014/ 070767 PCT Patent Publication WO2015/195120 AlbertsEt al. ,J. Cell. Biochem. Supp ., (22): 18-23, 1995. AMA Drug Evaluations Annual, 1814-1815, 1994. BaileyEt al. ,Cancer Prev Res (Phila) 3 , 35-47, 2010. BarryEt al. ,J. Natl. Cancer Inst ., 98(20): 1494-500, 2006. BediEt al., Cancer Res ., 55(9): 1811-1816, 1995. BellofernandezEt al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 90:7804-8, 1993. ChildsEt al. ,Cell. Molec. Life Sci ., 60:1394-1406, 2003. DuBoisEt al., Cancer Res. , 56:733-737, 1996. ErdmanEt al., Carcinogenesis , 20:1709-13, 1999. European Pharmacopoeia, Strasbourg: Council of Europe, 8Th Ed., 2014. Fultz and Gerner,Mol. Carcinog ., 34:10-8, 2002. Gerhardt,Pharmaceutical Processes, 13(1), 2009. GernerEt al. ,Cancer Epidemoil. Biomarkers Prev ., 3:325-330, 1994. Gerner, E.W. & Meyskens, F.L., Jr.,Nat Rev Cancer 4 , 781-92, 2004. GiardielloEt al. ,Cancer Res ., (57): 199-201, 1997. HanifEt al. ,Biochemical Pharmacology , (52): 237-245, 1996. HubnerEt al., Clin. Cancer Res ., 14(8): 2303-9, 2008. IgnatenkoEt al. ,Cancer Biol. Ther ., 5(12):1658-64, 2006. Japanese Pharmacopoeia, Tokyp: Society of Japanese Pharmacopoeia, 16Th Ed., 2011. KingsnorthEt al. ,Cancer Res., 43(9): 4035-8, 1983. LadenheimEt al. ,Gastroenterology , 108:1083-1087, 1995. LanzaEt al. ,Arch. Intern. Med. , 155: 1371-1377, 1995. Lee, Y.S. & Dutta, A.,Genes Dev 21, 1025-30, 2007. Lipkin,J. Cell Biochem. Suppl. , 28-29: 144-7, 1997. Lippman,Nat. Clin. Pract. Oncol., 3(10): 523, 2006. LoveEt al., J. Natl. Cancer Inst 85,732-7, 1993. Luk and Baylin,N. Engl. J. Med ., 311(2): 80-83, 1984. Lupulescu,Cancer Detect. Prev ., 20(6): 634-637, 1996. MaejimaEt al ,Chemical Pharmacology Bulletin , 45(3): 518-524, 1997. MartinezEt al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 100:7859-64, 2003. McLarenEt al. ,Cancer Prev. Res ., 1(7): 514-21, 2008. MeyskensEt al. ,Cancer Prev Res (Phila) 1 , 32-8, 2008. MeyskensEt al. ,J. Natl. Cancer Inst ., 86(15): 1122-1130, 1994. MeyskensEt al., J. Natl. Cancer Inst ., 90(16): 1212-8, 1998. MuscatEt al., Cancer , 74:1847-1854, 1994. NarisawaEt al. ,Cancer Res ., 41(5): 1954-1957, 1981. NigroEt al., Cancer Lett., (35): 183-8, 1987. NowelsEt al., Cancer. Biochem. Biophys. , (8): 257-63, 1986. Pegg,Biochem ., 234(2): 249-262, 1986. Physician's Desk Reference, Medical Economics Data, Montville, N.J., 1745-1747, 1999 PiazzaEt al. ,Cancer Res ., (55): 311 3116, 1995. PiazzaEt al. ,Cancer Res ., (57): 2452-2459, 1997a. PiazzaEt al., Cancer Res ., (57): 2909-2915, 1997b. Pollard and Luckert,Cancer Res ., 49:6471-6473, 1989. Psaty and Potter,N. Engl. J. Med., 355(9): 950-2, 2006. RaoEt al. ,Cancer Res ., (55): 1464-1472, 1995. ReddyEt al. ,Cancer Res ., (50): 2562-2568, 1990. ReddyEt al. ,Cancer Res. , 47:5340-5346, 1987. SimoneauEt al. ,Cancer Epidemiol Biomarkers Prev 17 , 292-9, 2008. SimoneauEt al., J. Natl. Cancer Inst , 93:57-9, 2001. Singh and Reddy,Annals. NY Acad. Sci. , (768): 205-209, 1995. SinghEt al. ,Carcinogenesis , (15): 1317-1323, 1994. StrejanEt al., Cell Immunol ., 84(1): 171-184, 1984. SuEt al. ,Science , (256): 668-670, 1992. TemperoEt al. ,Cancer Res ., 49(21): 5793-7, 1989. Thomas and Thomas,J. Cell Mol. Med ., 7:113-26, 2003. ThompsonEt al., Cancer Res, ( 45): 1170-3, 1985. ThompsonEt al., J. Natl. Cancer Inst (87): 125-1260, 1995. United States Pharmacopeia and National Formulary (USP 39-NF 34). Rockville, MD; 2015. Vander Heiden, M.G.Nat Rev Drug Discov 10 , 671-84, 2011. Vane and Botting,Adv Exp Med Biol ., 433:131-8, 1997. Wallace,Eur. J. Clin. Invest ., 30:1-3, 2000. WangEt al. ,Clin Cancer Res 17 , 2570-80, 2011. WeeksEt al., Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA, (79): 6028-32, 1982. ZellEt al., Cancer Prev. Res ., 2(3): 209-12, 2009. ZhangEt al. ,Genes Dev 26 , 461-73, 2012.

以下圖式形成本說明書之一部分且經包括以進一步展示本發明之某些態樣。參照此等圖式中之一或多者,結合本文中呈現之特定實施例之詳細描述,可更好地理解本發明。 1 二氟甲基鳥氨酸HCl單水合物(375 mg)及舒林酸(75mg)之700 mg錠劑之原型批次7107/04的穩定性分析。錠劑具有3% w/w包衣。樣品以時間零(T0)及以6個月(T6)使用測定含水量的經驗證之卡爾費歇爾滴定法(validated Karl Fischer titration method)進行分析。樣品儲存於經驗證穩定性腔室中的有或無蓋子之HDPE瓶子中。值代表各錠劑在指定條件下的水百分比。 2A 2B 包衣錠劑批次7107/04及6A001之溶解分析的結果。包括250 mg二氟甲基鳥氨酸HCl單水合物及市售150 mg舒林酸之參考錠劑用於比較。共調配錠劑含有具有3% w/w包衣之375 mg二氟甲基鳥氨酸HCl單水合物及75 mg舒林酸。 3 描繪含有二氟甲基鳥氨酸HCl單水合物及舒林酸之錠劑之製造方法的簡化流程。 4A 4C (A) 展現量測所選擇雜質之能力的二氟甲基鳥氨酸HCl單水合物及舒林酸共調配錠劑之典型HPLC層析。(B-C) 二氟甲基鳥氨酸HCl單水合物及舒林酸活性成分與錠劑賦形劑在時間零、2週及4週時混合的X射線粉末繞射(XRPD)圖案。缺乏改變支持賦形劑相容性及多晶型物穩定性。The following figures form a part of this specification and are included to further illustrate certain aspects of the invention. The invention may be better understood by reference to the detailed description of the specific embodiments presented herein. Figure 1 : Stability analysis of prototype batch 7107/04 of difluoromethylornithine HCl monohydrate (375 mg) and sulindac (75 mg) 700 mg tablet. Tablets have a 3% w/w coating. The samples were analyzed at time zero (T0) and at 6 months (T6) using a validated Karl Fischer titration method to determine the water content. Samples were stored in HDPE bottles with or without lids in a validated stability chamber. Values represent the percentage of water in each tablet under specified conditions. Figures 2A-2B: Results coating dissolving lozenges batch analysis of the 7107/04 and 6A001. A reference tablet comprising 250 mg of difluoromethylornithine HCl monohydrate and commercially available 150 mg of sulindac was used for comparison. The co-formulated lozenge contained 375 mg of difluoromethylornithine HCl monohydrate with a 3% w/w coating and 75 mg of sulindac. Figure 3 : depicts a simplified flow of a process for the manufacture of tablets containing difluoromethylornithine HCl monohydrate and sulindac. 4A to 4C: (A) show the measurement capability of the impurities eflornithine HCl monohydrate and Sulindac were selected lozenges formulated Typical HPLC chromatograms of. (BC) X-ray powder diffraction (XRPD) pattern of difluoromethylornithine HCl monohydrate and sulindac active ingredient mixed with a tablet excipient at time zero, two weeks and four weeks. The lack of support supports excipient compatibility and polymorph stability.

Claims (94)

一種組合物,其包含醫藥學上有效量之二氟甲基鳥氨酸(eflornithine)及醫藥學上有效量之非類固醇消炎藥(NSAID)或其代謝物的固定劑量組合。A composition comprising a fixed dose combination of a pharmaceutically effective amount of eflornithine and a pharmaceutically effective amount of a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug (NSAID) or a metabolite thereof. 如請求項1之組合物,其中該固定劑量組合為醫藥學上有效量之二氟甲基鳥氨酸及醫藥學上有效量之舒林(sulindac)。The composition of claim 1, wherein the fixed dose combination is a pharmaceutically effective amount of difluoromethylornithine and a pharmaceutically effective amount of sulindac. 如請求項2之組合物,其中該二氟甲基鳥氨酸為二氟甲基鳥氨酸鹽酸鹽單水合物。The composition of claim 2, wherein the difluoromethylornithine is difluoromethylornithine hydrochloride monohydrate. 如請求項3之組合物,其中該二氟甲基鳥氨酸鹽酸鹽單水合物為其兩種對映異構體之外消旋混合物。The composition of claim 3, wherein the difluoromethylornithine hydrochloride monohydrate is a racemic mixture of the two enantiomers. 如請求項3之組合物,其中該二氟甲基鳥氨酸鹽酸鹽單水合物為實質上光學上純製劑。The composition of claim 3, wherein the difluoromethylornithine hydrochloride monohydrate is a substantially optically pure preparation. 如請求項4之組合物,其中二氟甲基鳥氨酸鹽酸鹽單水合物外消旋體之量為約10 mg至約1000 mg。The composition of claim 4, wherein the amount of the difluoromethylornithine hydrochloride monohydrate racemate is from about 10 mg to about 1000 mg. 如請求項6之組合物,其中該二氟甲基鳥氨酸鹽酸鹽單水合物外消旋體之量為約250 mg至約500 mg。The composition of claim 6 wherein the amount of the difluoromethylornithine hydrochloride monohydrate racemate is from about 250 mg to about 500 mg. 如請求項7之組合物,其中該二氟甲基鳥氨酸鹽酸鹽單水合物外消旋體之量為約300 mg至約450 mg。The composition of claim 7, wherein the amount of the difluoromethylornithine hydrochloride monohydrate racemate is from about 300 mg to about 450 mg. 如請求項8之組合物,其中該二氟甲基鳥氨酸鹽酸鹽單水合物外消旋體之量為約350 mg至約400 mg。The composition of claim 8 wherein the amount of the difluoromethylornithine hydrochloride monohydrate racemate is from about 350 mg to about 400 mg. 如請求項9之組合物,其中該二氟甲基鳥氨酸鹽酸鹽單水合物外消旋體之量為約375 mg。The composition of claim 9, wherein the amount of the difluoromethylornithine hydrochloride monohydrate racemate is about 375 mg. 如請求項10之組合物,其中該二氟甲基鳥氨酸鹽酸鹽單水合物外消旋體之量為375 mg。The composition of claim 10, wherein the amount of the difluoromethylornithine hydrochloride monohydrate racemate is 375 mg. 如請求項4之組合物,其中該二氟甲基鳥氨酸鹽酸鹽單水合物外消旋體之量為約35重量%至約60重量%。The composition of claim 4, wherein the amount of the difluoromethylornithine hydrochloride monohydrate racemate is from about 35% to about 60% by weight. 如請求項12之組合物,其中該二氟甲基鳥氨酸鹽酸鹽單水合物外消旋體之量為約40重量%至約55重量%。The composition of claim 12, wherein the amount of the difluoromethylornithine hydrochloride monohydrate racemate is from about 40% to about 55% by weight. 如請求項13之組合物,其中該二氟甲基鳥氨酸鹽酸鹽單水合物外消旋體之量為約50重量%至約55重量%。The composition of claim 13 wherein the amount of the difluoromethylornithine hydrochloride monohydrate racemate is from about 50% to about 55% by weight. 如請求項14之組合物,其中該二氟甲基鳥氨酸鹽酸鹽單水合物外消旋體之量為約52重量%至約54重量%。The composition of claim 14, wherein the amount of the difluoromethylornithine hydrochloride monohydrate racemate is from about 52% by weight to about 54% by weight. 如請求項15之組合物,其中該二氟甲基鳥氨酸鹽酸鹽單水合物外消旋體之量為52重量%至54重量%。The composition of claim 15, wherein the amount of the difluoromethylornithine hydrochloride monohydrate racemate is from 52% by weight to 54% by weight. 如請求項2至16中任一項之組合物,其中舒林酸之量為約10 mg至約250 mg。The composition of any one of claims 2 to 16, wherein the amount of sulindac is from about 10 mg to about 250 mg. 如請求項17之組合物,其中該舒林酸之量為約50 mg至約100 mg。The composition of claim 17, wherein the amount of sulindac is from about 50 mg to about 100 mg. 如請求項18之組合物,其中該舒林酸之量為約70 mg至約80 mg。The composition of claim 18, wherein the amount of sulindac is from about 70 mg to about 80 mg. 如請求項19之組合物,其中該舒林酸之量為約75 mg。The composition of claim 19, wherein the amount of sulindac is about 75 mg. 如請求項20之組合物,其中該舒林酸之量為75 mg。The composition of claim 20, wherein the amount of sulindac is 75 mg. 如請求項2至16中任一項之組合物,其中該舒林酸之量為約5重量%至約20重量%。The composition of any one of claims 2 to 16, wherein the amount of sulindac is from about 5% by weight to about 20% by weight. 如請求項22之組合物,其中該舒林酸之量為約8重量%至約15重量%。The composition of claim 22, wherein the amount of sulindac is from about 8% by weight to about 15% by weight. 如請求項23之組合物,其中該舒林酸之量為約10重量%至約12重量%。The composition of claim 23, wherein the amount of sulindac is from about 10% to about 12% by weight. 如請求項24之組合物,其中該舒林酸之量為10重量%至11重量%。The composition of claim 24, wherein the amount of sulindac is from 10% to 11% by weight. 如請求項2至25中任一項之組合物,其進一步包含賦形劑。The composition of any one of claims 2 to 25, further comprising an excipient. 如請求項26之組合物,其中該賦形劑為澱粉、膠態二氧化矽或矽化微晶纖維素。The composition of claim 26, wherein the excipient is starch, colloidal cerium oxide or deuterated microcrystalline cellulose. 如請求項26之組合物,其中該賦形劑為膠態二氧化矽。The composition of claim 26, wherein the excipient is colloidal ceria. 如請求項28之組合物,其中該組合物進一步包含第二賦形劑。The composition of claim 28, wherein the composition further comprises a second excipient. 如請求項29之組合物,其中該第二賦形劑為矽化微晶纖維素。The composition of claim 29, wherein the second excipient is deuterated microcrystalline cellulose. 如請求項2至30中任一項之組合物,其進一步包含潤滑劑。The composition of any one of claims 2 to 30, further comprising a lubricant. 如請求項31之組合物,其中該潤滑劑為硬脂酸鎂、硬脂酸鈣、硬脂酸鈉、單硬脂酸甘油酯、硬脂酸鋁、聚乙二醇、硼酸或苯甲酸鈉。The composition of claim 31, wherein the lubricant is magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, sodium stearate, glyceryl monostearate, aluminum stearate, polyethylene glycol, boric acid or sodium benzoate. 如請求項32之組合物,其中該潤滑劑為硬脂酸鎂。The composition of claim 32, wherein the lubricant is magnesium stearate. 如請求項33之組合物,其中硬脂酸鎂之量為約0.25重量%至約2重量%。The composition of claim 33, wherein the amount of magnesium stearate is from about 0.25 wt% to about 2 wt%. 如請求項34之組合物,其中該硬脂酸鎂之量為約0.75重量%至約2重量%。The composition of claim 34, wherein the amount of magnesium stearate is from about 0.75% by weight to about 2% by weight. 如請求項35之組合物,其中該硬脂酸鎂之量為約1重量%至約1.5重量%。The composition of claim 35, wherein the amount of magnesium stearate is from about 1% to about 1.5% by weight. 如請求項36之組合物,其中該硬脂酸鎂之量為約1.1重量%。The composition of claim 36, wherein the amount of magnesium stearate is about 1.1% by weight. 如請求項36之組合物,其中該硬脂酸鎂之量為約1.5重量%。The composition of claim 36, wherein the amount of magnesium stearate is about 1.5% by weight. 如請求項2至38中任一項之組合物,其中該組合物係呈膠囊、錠劑、微型錠劑、顆粒、丸粒、溶液、凝膠、乳膏、泡沫或貼片形式。The composition of any one of claims 2 to 38, wherein the composition is in the form of a capsule, a lozenge, a micro-tablet, a granule, a pellet, a solution, a gel, a cream, a foam or a patch. 如請求項39之組合物,其中該組合物係呈錠劑形式。The composition of claim 39, wherein the composition is in the form of a tablet. 如請求項40之組合物,其中該錠劑之重量為約650 mg至約1,000 mg。The composition of claim 40, wherein the lozenge has a weight of from about 650 mg to about 1,000 mg. 如請求項41之組合物,其中該錠劑之重量為約675 mg至約725 mg。The composition of claim 41, wherein the lozenge has a weight of from about 675 mg to about 725 mg. 如請求項42之組合物,其中該錠劑之重量為約700 mg。The composition of claim 42, wherein the lozenge has a weight of about 700 mg. 如請求項40之組合物,其中該錠劑進一步包含包衣。The composition of claim 40, wherein the tablet further comprises a coating. 如請求項44之組合物,其中該包衣為調節釋放包衣或腸溶包衣。The composition of claim 44, wherein the coating is a modified release coating or an enteric coating. 如請求項45之組合物,其中該包衣進一步定義為pH反應性包衣。The composition of claim 45, wherein the coating is further defined as a pH reactive coating. 如請求項45之組合物,其中該包衣包含鄰苯二甲酸乙酸纖維素(CAP)、苯偏三酸乙酸纖維素(CAT)、聚(乙酸乙烯酯)鄰苯二甲酸酯(PVAP)、鄰苯二甲酸羥基丙基甲基纖維素(HP)、聚(甲基丙烯酸酯丙烯酸乙酯)(1:1)共聚物(MA-EA)、聚(甲基丙烯酸酯甲基丙烯酸甲酯)(1:1)共聚物(MA MMA)、聚(甲基丙烯酸酯甲基丙烯酸甲酯)(1:2)共聚物,或丁二酸乙酸羥基丙基甲基纖維素(HPMCAS)。The composition of claim 45, wherein the coating comprises cellulose acetate phthalate (CAP), cellulose acetate trimellitate (CAT), poly(vinyl acetate) phthalate (PVAP) , hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate (HP), poly(methacrylate ethyl acrylate) (1:1) copolymer (MA-EA), poly(methacrylate methyl methacrylate) (1:1) copolymer (MA MMA), poly(methacrylate methyl methacrylate) (1:2) copolymer, or succinic acid hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMCAS). 如請求項44之組合物,其中該包衣掩蓋二氟甲基鳥氨酸之味道。The composition of claim 44, wherein the coating masks the taste of difluoromethylornithine. 如請求項49之組合物,其中該包衣包含羥丙基甲基纖維素、二氧化鈦、聚乙二醇及氧化鐵黃。The composition of claim 49, wherein the coating comprises hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, titanium dioxide, polyethylene glycol, and iron oxide yellow. 如請求項44至49中任一項之組合物,其中包衣之量為約1重量%至約5重量%。The composition of any one of claims 44 to 49, wherein the amount of coating is from about 1% to about 5% by weight. 如請求項50之組合物,其中該包衣之量為約2重量%至約4重量%。The composition of claim 50, wherein the amount of the coating is from about 2% to about 4% by weight. 如請求項51之組合物,其中該包衣之量為約3重量%。The composition of claim 51, wherein the amount of the coating is about 3% by weight. 如請求項44至49中任一項之組合物,其中該包衣之量為約5 mg至約30 mg。The composition of any one of claims 44 to 49, wherein the amount of the coating is from about 5 mg to about 30 mg. 如請求項53之組合物,其中該包衣之量為約15 mg至約25 mg。The composition of claim 53, wherein the amount of the coating is from about 15 mg to about 25 mg. 如請求項54之組合物,其中該包衣之量為約21 mg。The composition of claim 54, wherein the amount of the coating is about 21 mg. 如請求項44之組合物,其中該錠劑之重量為約675 mg至約750 mg。The composition of claim 44, wherein the lozenge has a weight of from about 675 mg to about 750 mg. 如請求項56之組合物,其中該錠劑之重量為約700 mg至約725 mg。The composition of claim 56, wherein the lozenge has a weight of from about 700 mg to about 725 mg. 如請求項57之組合物,其中該錠劑之重量為約721 mg。The composition of claim 57, wherein the lozenge has a weight of about 721 mg. 一種預防及/或治療有需要患者之疾病或病狀的方法,其包含向該患者投與如請求項2至58中任一項之組合物。A method of preventing and/or treating a disease or condition in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to the patient a composition according to any one of claims 2 to 58. 如請求項59之方法,其進一步包含向該患者投與如請求項2至58中任一項之第二組合物,其中該第一及該第二組合物包含相同的固定劑量組合。The method of claim 59, further comprising administering to the patient a second composition according to any one of claims 2 to 58, wherein the first and second compositions comprise the same fixed dose combination. 如請求項60之方法,其中該第一及該第二投與同時進行。The method of claim 60, wherein the first and the second administration are performed simultaneously. 如請求項61之方法,其中該第二投與以1秒至1小時之間隔跟隨該第一投與。The method of claim 61, wherein the second administration follows the first vote at intervals of 1 second to 1 hour. 如請求項60至62中任一項之方法,其中該第一及該第二組合物均調配為錠劑且含有相同量之二氟甲基鳥氨酸及舒林酸。The method of any one of claims 60 to 62, wherein the first and second compositions are formulated as a tablet and contain the same amount of difluoromethylornithine and sulindac. 如請求項59至63中任一項之方法,其中該疾病為癌症。The method of any one of claims 59 to 63, wherein the disease is cancer. 如請求項64之方法,其中該癌症為結腸癌、乳癌、胰臟癌、腦癌、肺癌、胃癌、血液癌、皮膚癌、睪丸癌、前列腺癌、卵巢癌、肝癌或食道癌。The method of claim 64, wherein the cancer is colon cancer, breast cancer, pancreatic cancer, brain cancer, lung cancer, stomach cancer, blood cancer, skin cancer, testicular cancer, prostate cancer, ovarian cancer, liver cancer or esophageal cancer. 如請求項65之方法,其中該結腸癌為家族性腺瘤性息肉病。The method of claim 65, wherein the colon cancer is a familial adenomatous polyposis. 如請求項64之方法,其中該癌症為神經母細胞瘤。The method of claim 64, wherein the cancer is a neuroblastoma. 如請求項59之方法,其中該病狀為皮膚病。The method of claim 59, wherein the condition is a skin disease. 如請求項68之方法,其中該皮膚病為面部多毛症。The method of claim 68, wherein the skin disorder is facial hirsutism. 如請求項59之方法,其中該組合物經口、動脈內、靜脈內或局部投與。The method of claim 59, wherein the composition is administered orally, intraarterially, intravenously or topically. 如請求項59之方法,其中該組合物經口投與。The method of claim 59, wherein the composition is administered orally. 如請求項59之方法,其中該組合物每12小時投與。The method of claim 59, wherein the composition is administered every 12 hours. 如請求項59之方法,其中該組合物每24小時投與。The method of claim 59, wherein the composition is administered every 24 hours. 如請求項59之方法,其中該組合物至少第二次投與。The method of claim 59, wherein the composition is administered at least a second time. 一種製備如請求項40至58中任一項之錠劑的方法,其包含: (a)    預混合舒林酸及賦形劑以形成第一混合物; (b)    將該第一混合物與包含二氟甲基鳥氨酸及賦形劑之第二混合物混合以形成摻合物; (c)    篩分該摻合物以形成粒化摻合物; (d)    將潤滑劑添加至該粒化摻合物中以獲得最終摻合物;及 (e)    向該最終摻合物施加壓縮力以形成該錠劑。A method of preparing a tablet of any one of claims 40 to 58 comprising: (a) premixing sulindac with an excipient to form a first mixture; (b) combining the first mixture with Mixing a second mixture of fluoromethylornithine and an excipient to form a blend; (c) sieving the blend to form a granulated blend; (d) adding a lubricant to the granulated blend To obtain a final blend; and (e) applying a compressive force to the final blend to form the tablet. 如請求項75之方法,其進一步包含在步驟(d)之前混合該粒化摻合物且在步驟(e)之前混合該最終摻合物。The method of claim 75, further comprising mixing the granulated blend prior to step (d) and mixing the final blend prior to step (e). 如請求項75之方法,其中在該第一混合物中有兩種賦形劑,其中該第一賦形劑為膠態二氧化矽,且該第二賦形劑為矽化微晶纖維素。The method of claim 75, wherein there are two excipients in the first mixture, wherein the first excipient is colloidal ceria and the second excipient is deuterated microcrystalline cellulose. 如請求項75或77之方法,其中該第二混合物之賦形劑為矽化微晶纖維素。The method of claim 75 or 77, wherein the excipient of the second mixture is deuterated microcrystalline cellulose. 如請求項75之方法,其中該預混合係在聚乙烯塗佈之容器中進行。The method of claim 75, wherein the premixing is carried out in a polyethylene coated container. 如請求項75或76之方法,其中該混合係在擴散摻合器中進行。The method of claim 75 or 76, wherein the mixing is carried out in a diffusion blender. 如請求項75至77中任一項之方法,其中該潤滑劑為硬脂酸鎂。The method of any one of claims 75 to 77, wherein the lubricant is magnesium stearate. 如請求項81之方法,其中在步驟(d)之前,該硬脂酸鎂經由篩網進行篩分。The method of claim 81, wherein prior to step (d), the magnesium stearate is sieved through a screen. 如請求項82之方法,其中該篩網為500 µm篩網。The method of claim 82, wherein the screen is a 500 μm screen. 如請求項75之方法,其中篩分包含將該摻合物施加至旋轉校正器中。The method of claim 75, wherein the sifting comprises applying the blend to a rotation corrector. 如請求項84之方法,其中該旋轉校正器包含1.0 mm篩網。The method of claim 84, wherein the rotation corrector comprises a 1.0 mm screen. 如請求項75之方法,其進一步包含在步驟(d)之後及在步驟(e)之前的預壓縮步驟,其中該摻合物用低於步驟(e)之力的力壓縮以形成預壓縮摻合物,另外其中步驟(e)之壓縮力接著作用於該預壓縮摻合物以形成該錠劑。The method of claim 75, further comprising a pre-compression step after step (d) and prior to step (e), wherein the blend is compressed with a force lower than the force of step (e) to form a pre-compression blend. The compound, in addition, wherein the compressive force of step (e) is applied to the pre-compressed blend to form the tablet. 如請求項86之方法,其中該預壓縮步驟防止錠劑頂裂(capping)。The method of claim 86, wherein the pre-compression step prevents the tablet from capping. 如請求項81之方法,其中該預壓縮步驟之壓縮力係以步驟(e)中所施加壓縮力之約5%至約15%施加。The method of claim 81, wherein the compressive force of the pre-compression step is applied from about 5% to about 15% of the compressive force applied in step (e). 如請求項86至88中任一項之方法,其中該預壓縮步驟之壓縮力為2.5 kN至3.5 kN。The method of any one of clauses 86 to 88, wherein the pre-compression step has a compressive force of 2.5 kN to 3.5 kN. 如請求項89之方法,其中該預壓縮步驟之壓縮力為約3 kN。The method of claim 89, wherein the pre-compression step has a compressive force of about 3 kN. 如請求項75之方法,其中步驟(e)之壓縮力為20 kN至35 kN。The method of claim 75, wherein the compressive force of step (e) is from 20 kN to 35 kN. 如請求項91之方法,其中步驟(e)之壓縮力為約25 kN。The method of claim 91, wherein the compressive force of step (e) is about 25 kN. 如請求項75之方法,其進一步包含包覆該錠劑。The method of claim 75, further comprising coating the tablet. 如請求項93之方法,其中該包衣包含羥丙基甲基纖維素、二氧化鈦、聚乙二醇及氧化鐵黃。The method of claim 93, wherein the coating comprises hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, titanium dioxide, polyethylene glycol, and iron oxide yellow.
TW105135187A 2015-10-30 2016-10-28 Eflornithine and sulindac, fixed dose combination formulation TWI743059B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201562248810P 2015-10-30 2015-10-30
US62/248,810 2015-10-30
US201662358698P 2016-07-06 2016-07-06
US62/358,698 2016-07-06

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201726124A true TW201726124A (en) 2017-08-01
TWI743059B TWI743059B (en) 2021-10-21

Family

ID=60186542

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW110134644A TWI810656B (en) 2015-10-30 2016-10-28 Eflornithine and sulindac, fixed dose combination formulation
TW105135187A TWI743059B (en) 2015-10-30 2016-10-28 Eflornithine and sulindac, fixed dose combination formulation

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW110134644A TWI810656B (en) 2015-10-30 2016-10-28 Eflornithine and sulindac, fixed dose combination formulation

Country Status (1)

Country Link
TW (2) TWI810656B (en)

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TWI810656B (en) 2023-08-01
TW202200122A (en) 2022-01-01
TWI743059B (en) 2021-10-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US12350246B2 (en) Eflornithine and sulindac, fixed dose combination formulation
TWI702953B (en) Pharmaceutical compositions and tablets comprising azd9291, and use of the same
JP7431886B2 (en) Novel immediate-release and modified-release oral dosage forms of tebipenem pivoxil
CN111278433A (en) Nilaparib formulations
JP5749247B2 (en) Oral sustained-release solid preparation
WO2017075576A1 (en) Eflornithine and sulindac, fixed dose combination formulation
GB2414668A (en) Sustained release delivery system for tetracycline compounds
KR20200088382A (en) Controlled release formulations
WO2011102506A1 (en) Sustained-release solid preparation for oral use
RU2669920C2 (en) Controlled release pharmaceutical composition based on propionic acid
JP2010001242A (en) Rebamipide solid preparation, and method for producing the same
TWI743059B (en) Eflornithine and sulindac, fixed dose combination formulation
BR112015018952B1 (en) PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING DEXKETOPROFENE AND TRAMADOL, THEIR MANUFACTURING METHOD AND THEIR USE
US20130236538A1 (en) Pharmaceutical compositions of ibuprofen and famotidine
JP2019530755A (en) Tablets containing celecoxib